SlideShare a Scribd company logo
Certificate Course in Agricultural Biotechnology


BIOFERTILIZER TECHNOLOGY




                                            Institute team:

                                                Dr. B.K.Datta
                                                  Dr. R.Datta
                                                 Dr. S.K.Das
                                                    Dr. S.K.Si
                                                Mr. S. Sahoo
                                                Mr. D. Biswas
                                                    Mr. S. Giri
                                                 Mr. T. Nayek

                                       Expert Consultants:

                               Dr. P.K. Singh, IRAI, New Delhi
                         Dr. O.P. Rupela, ICRISAT, Hyderabad
                         Dr. R.K.Basak, BCKV, Mohanpur, W.B
       Dr. D.J. Bagyaraj, Univ. of Agric. Sciences, Bangalore
              Dr. R. Kale, Univ. of Agric. Sciences, Bangalore
                              Dr. Sunil Pabbi, IARI, New Delhi
                         Dr. Aloke Adholeya, TERI, New Delhi




                Vivekananda Institute of Biotechnology
First published in July, 2004

by Vivekananda Institute of Biotechnology
Nimpith, South 24 Parganas, West Bengal, India

Designed by Tellywallah, Calcutta
Printed by Swapna Printing Works Private Limited, Calcutta

All rights reserved.

c Vivekananda Institute of Biotechnology, 2004


This manual is sold subject to the condition that it shall not, by way of trade or otherwise,
be lent, resold, hired out or otherwise circulated without the publisher's prior consent
in any form of binding or cover other than that in which it is published.
Foreword




Fifty years back a monk, Swami Buddhanandji, was deeply inspired by Swami
Vivekananda’s ideals. He started a different kind of journey of life and a seed
of development was sown at Nimpith. Late Swami Buddhanandaji established
this Ashram.

         Vivekananda Institute of Biotechnology is a branch of that tree. The
Institute initiated its activities in 1991. Its aim is to develop an advanced,
functional, research as well as a resource center for the people of the Sunderbans.
One of the chosen fields is Agricultural Biotechnology. For the last few years the
Institute has been implementing programmes on entrepreneurship development,
in this field, in rural areas. The present manual is one of such activity to support
this programme, which is the need of the hour.

        The Department of Science and Technology, Govt of India and United
Nations Development Programme have come forward benevolently in bringing
out this manual. It is a result of the combined efforts of scientists at our Institute
and of other National Institutes and Universities. Senior scientists like Dr.
P.K.Singh, Dr. O.P.Rupela, Dr. Radha Kale, Dr. Ranjan Basak, Dr. Sunil Pabbi,
Dr. D.J. Bhagyaraj and Dr. Alok Adholeya have enriched this effort by their
valuable guidance and by sharing their experience . Shri Gautam Bose, Shri Amit
Kumar and Shri Pradip Nair of Tellywallah have worked hard and extensively to
make it in this present form.

     We hope that this great effort will be used by the rural agro-biotechnologists,
whose services, we believe, will bring a new dawn to rural India.




Nimpith                                                        Swami Sadananda
July 2004                                                             Chairman
Soil Testing
Preface




In today’s world, technology is moving very fast, in certain sectors at a faster
pace. Biotechnology is such an area. The rural India which is depending on
agriculture for its day to day life provides an immense market for new technologies.
The only condition is the proper training and marketing.

       The present manual is the outcome of the project ‘Technical Human
Resource Development – Vocational Training For Employment Generation’
supported by UNDP & DST, Govt. of India. The objective of the programme is
to develop human resources through competency based training in innovative
areas for the production and service sectors in new, high technology areas based
on market needs.

        Agricultural biotechnology is the area in which we have worked on under
this project. This manual is first of its kind in this series. It deals with Biofertilizer
Technology which has six modules - Soil testing and fertilizer recommendation,
Production and Application of Blue-green algae, Azolla, Microbial inoculants,
Vesicular Arbuscular Mycorrhiza and Vermicompost.

       The target are the rural youth, who have passed their 10th std. It is
designed and presented in such a way that a complicated subject like soil testing
or microbial inoculant production becomes an easily adaptable skill, a demystification
of technology indeed. All the techniques mentioned here are of world standard
but no doubt many other options can also be opted for, for instance, in the
section of microbial inoculant production only the use of vessel is mentioned in
this manual though the use of other types of fermentors or shakers are also
possible.

        This effort is the result of hard work of a team of our Institute, the same
was complemented by experts of other organizations, which are of world repute.
Mr. Khudiram Sardar, Mr. Diwakar Haldar, , Mr.Tarun Das, Mr. Deepankar Haldar,
Mr.Tapan Haldar and Mr. Shubankar Malik have helped while filming the experiments
for this manual.

       Shri Gautam Bose , Shri Amit Kumar, Shri Pradip Nair and Shri Partha
Bhattacharya of Tellywallah gave their best to make this dream a reality by
filming, designing, adding inputs and finally printing the manual.

Nimpith                                                               Dr. B.K. Datta
July 2004                                                   Principal Scientist, VIB
Using this manual


  This manual has been written to complement classroom lectures pertaining to
  the Biofertilizer Technology Section of the “Certificate Course in Agricultural
  Biotechnology” taught at the Vivekananda Institute of Biotechnology — VIB.

         However, it may also be read by anyone with school level knowledge of
  Science who is interested in setting up a soil testing lab or a microbial inoculant
  production facility.

         We have departed from traditional styles of writing Course material.
  Instead of dry and forbidding lists of procedures and equations, the manual tries
  to expose the student to the various aspects of the three disciplines that this
  course straddles — Microbiology, Agricultural Science and Chemistry. Of course,
  one cannot entirely avoid equations and procedures! But we felt it is possible
  to present these topics in a friendlier manner.

          Our approach to making the subject “friendlier” and also maintaining
  sufficient scientific detail was two-pronged.

           We’ve split the material being discussed into two parts — quite literally.
  The odd-numbered pages in this manual contain descriptions of experiments
  and processes in a step-by-step manner, devoid of detailed explanations — rather
  like a traditional lab manual which expects students to follow the steps described
  bothering to evoke an interest in the topic at hand.

  The objective of the VIB course was the opposite. As scientists we are amazed
  and intrigued by our respective fields of study. We wanted the reader to feel this
  amazement as well; to undestand that science is an exciting subject!

               To help us out, we enlisted the help of Shubham, an inquisitive,
               imaginary friend, who can’t stop asking questions. Shubham can
               be found loitering around on the even-numbered pages — asking
               questions about the text on the facing page. The even-numbered
               pages also contain supplementary information about the topic at
               hand. Definitions, little bits of trivia, brief forays into the history
               of science, suggestions for further reading, tips on how to simplify
               a process and so on may also be found on even numbered pages.

          The course material was meant to enable an interested student set up
  his own Soil Testing Centre and an Inoculant Production Centre. Which is why
  the material in this manual is presented in a “modular” fashion — typical of
  industrial processes. Therefore, operations like autoclaving, working in a Laminar
  Flow Cabinet and using a Fermentor have been dealt with in a separate section.
  The step-by-step description concentrates on following the process being discussed
  segment-wise.

         The line at the bottom of each odd-numbered page is a “station map”.
  This helps the students to see the “whole railway line” and on which station he
  stands — this is typical of any industrial process where one goes from
  A (A test tube of bacteria) to B (application of the inoculant in the field) and the
  various stages that must be crossed to do so.
Using this manual


       In sections where extra explanation on the left hand pages was unnecessary,
the step-by-step description continues.

        Addressing the reader directly (”You could then....” “We might look at
this from another angle....”) is something most textbooks never do but we felt
there was no reason why the manual should not attempt to make the reader
feel as if he was in a classroom while reading it.

       The manual is accompanied by an interactive CD-ROM. This contains all
the course material viewable in a non-linear fashion. This enables a student
to quickly refer to topics without having to flip through the manual. Further, all
the “modules” that are part of the production process, were filmed during the
making of this manual and the footage, with narration, is available on the CD.
This could be used in the classroom too, during, say, the first time the topic
is brought up for discussion by the instructor.

     The glossary in this manual is available in a searchable format on the
CD-ROM.

The CD-ROM contains two computer programmes written specifically for Soil
Testing Centres. Chemicalc and X-Base are a scientific formula calculator and
a Soil Database, respectively. X-Base allows Soil Testing Centres to share their
data over the Internet with no additional software or hardware requirements
apart from a very rudimentary computer system and a telephone line.

        A few of the pages also contain material that is not immediately relevant
to the course (eg., a brief description of the gene cascade in R.Meliloti that leads
to the production of nitrogenase, may be found in the pages that describe
Rhizobia). These portions are italicised. These sections are rare and are only
found, if at all, in the introductory part of the section. These could, if nothing
else, be food for thought for an inquisitive reader.

        Biotechnology is the fastest growing scientific field around the world. As
scientists around the world learn more about the amazing internal workings of
living things, literature — this manual included — needs to be updated with a
regularity, which, to a scientist, is more exciting than monotonous. The authors
would greatly appreciate any feedback about this manual.

        VIB hopes that this initiative will help fuel the next agricultural revolution
in our country — one powered not just by fertilizers and technology but also by
a more aware and knowledgable farmer who understands the science behind
the word 'biotechnology'...



                                                                          VIB team



                                                                             Nimpith
                                                                           July 2004
Soil Testing - Collection and preparation of soil samples




Composite soil samples, packed for lab. analysis            1-1
Introduction..


A bit about the Soil Collection Process

   The process of soil testing begins in the field — where collection of samples
   is done. This needs to be done methodically — to ensure that the samples
   taken from the field represent the soil characteristics of the entire field.
   The process stated here is simple and easy to follow — though it does seem
elaborate when you first read about it!
                            Locating areas to take samples...

                            Start at the bottom -left corner of the field and walk
                            along the path indicated by the arrows. Along the
                            way, mark areas (with a piece of wood — or anything
                            easy to locate) from where you will be taking soil
                            samples. Avoid marking prohibited areas (see the
                            next page).

                            The marked areas are shown in Red in the figure.

                            Notice, that the red dots along the path are not
                            necessarily on the path itself.
                            That’s perfect — because this is a random sample.


 Apparatus required

 Plastic bucket, spade and wooden stakes or markers.




          Why is it necessary to go through such an elaborate process?

          It’s quite simple — ideally you’d want to test all the soil in your field
          — but that would take a lot of time. So, it becomes necessary to take
          samples from different places in the field.

          But how do you ensure that the samples taken to the testing centre
          represent, more or less, the soil in the field? The answer is the reason
          behind the elaborate process.

         By taking samples from randomly selected spots, you ensure that
your cumulative soil sample represents the soil in most areas of the field. The
zig zag walk is just to establish a technique of selecting random spots.




1-2                                   Collection and Preparation of soil samples
Collecting soil samples


                                       The locations from where soil samples
                                       are taken may be marked by wooden
                                       stakes as shown. The stakes need not
                                       be numbered.




                                       The locations are chosen by walking
                                       along a zig-zag path starting at any
                                       corner of the field. These are marked by
                                       white spots in the picture.

                                       A typical location is shown in the next
                                       picture.




                                       Each collection location needs to be
                                       cleared of vegetation and dust. This is
                                       done by scraping away a very thin layer
                                       of soil.




Collection                Grinding               Partitioning             Storage


             Drying                    Mixing                   Sieving


Collection and Preparation of soil samples                                 1-3
Prohibited samples...



                     Prohibited Samples?

                     It’s just another thing to do with the statistics (see page
                     2.1). Your soil samples need to represent the average soil
                     characteristic of the field. However, every field has areas
                     in it that tend to distort the average characteristic because
                     the soil there has properties very different from the rest
                     of the soil.

                     (It’s called deviation from the mean, by the way)

                     So, you need to ignore these areas when collecting samples.

These include

— Areas near gates, farmways, buildings etc. and areas on crop hills and in rows.
— Areas where organic/chemical manure is or was kept.
— Areas which are permanently in the shade.




Why must the pit be 6” (15 cm) deep?

6” is the depth of tillage i.e., the depth up to which the root system of the crop
penetrates. Since soil testing is carried out to determine the availability of
nutrients to crops, samples i.e., the furrow slices, are 6” long.




Why should a PVC bucket be used?

An iron bucket may have rust, which might contaminate the sample. Presence
of iron would skew the results of the organic carbon test as we shall see later.
Jute or nylon bags which may have been used to store fertilizer etc. must not
be used too.

PVC (or any other plastic) would not contaminate the soil. Besides, they are easy
to clean.




1-4                                   Collection and Preparation of soil samples
Collecting soil samples


                                       Remove a wedge-shaped lump of soil
                                       from the cleared sampling location and
                                       discard it.




                                       The resulting pit should be about 6 inches
                                       (15 cm) deep.




                                       From the two larger surfaces of the pit,
                                       remove a half inch thick slice of soil —
                                       called the furrow-slice. Thus, from each
                                       sampling location on the field, two furrow-
                                        slices are obtained.

                                       Carry these in a PVC bucket.




Collection                Grinding                Partitioning               Storage


             Drying                    Mixing                    Sieving


Collection and Preparation of soil samples                                    1-5
Collecting soil samples




After collection — what now?

You now have a bucketful of furrow-slices. However, it would be time-consuming
to test all the soil in each of the furrow-slices separately and then average the
results. Ideally, you would want to test a relatively small sample of soil which,
nevertheless, represented the soil present in the entire field.

This is achieved by thoroughly mixing the soil. Further, to simplify the lab
experiments, the samples are ground and sieved... We’ll discuss this issue in the
next section...




1-6                                   Collection and Preparation of soil samples
Collecting soil samples


                                       After all the samples are collected, they
                                       could be taken directly to the laboratory
                                       — if one is close enough. Else, the
                                       samples may be prepared on location
                                       itself, and a composite soil sample may
                                       be sent for testing.




                                       The samples are now air-dried in the
                                       shade.




Collection                Grinding               Partitioning              Storage


             Drying                    Mixing                   Sieving


Collection and Preparation of soil samples                                   1-7
Drying the soil samples



Why are the samples dried?

In dried soil, any reversible chemical reactions that usually take place in it are
in equilibrium.

However, drying does change the chemical constituents of soils. Ferrous iron
is oxidised to ferric iron, exchangeable potassium content increases or decreases
depending upon the soil and hydrogen ion activity changes to some extent.

Therefore, concentration of ferrous iron (if required) should be determined with
a field-moist soil sample. Also, concentration of exchangeable potassium and
soil pH may also be determined without drying the sample.

Dried soil is easier to grind.




For reasons mentioned earlier, metallic apparatus must not be used for grinding
as particles might break off and contaminate the soil.

Therefore, a wooden mortar and pestle must be used.




1-8                                   Collection and Preparation of soil samples
Grinding the soil samples



                                       Spread a clean polythene sheet on the
                                       ground and place a wooden mortar on
                                       it. Transfer the dried soil samples to the
                                       mortar.




                                       With a wooden pestle, grind the soil to
                                       break down any aggregates.




                                       After grinding, transfer the soil to the
                                       polythene sheet and spread evenly across
                                       the surface.




Collection                  Grinding              Partitioning              Storage


             Drying                    Mixing                    Sieving


Collection and Preparation of soil samples                                    1-9
Mixing




 Why is mixing important? After all, we just ground the samples — that
 should have mixed everything quite well.

 Mixing is necessary to ensure that the composite soil sample (all the soil samples
 taken from different areas in the field) represents the field’s soil composition as
 closely as possible even in small quantities.

 For example, to determine the amount of phosphorus, as little as 2.5 g of soil
 is used in the experiment. You would have collected nearly 3 kg of soil from the
 field of which only about 500g of soil is sent to the soil-testing centre.

 Therefore, unless properly mixed, it is likely that soil from some parts of the
 field might not reach the testing centre.

 Yes, during grinding, mixing does take place — but it is random and might not
 be enough. Besides, like the collection stage, the mixing stage described here
 is to establish a process that minimises chances of statistical error.




1-10                                    Collection and Preparation of soil samples
Mixing


                                       Lift one end of the sheet and fold it till
                                       the soil collects in the centre. Repeat the
                                       process with the diagonally opposite
                                       corner as shown in the picture... and
                                       then with the other two corners...




                                       This will cause the soil to collect in the
                                       centre of the sheet. This process is called
                                       Mixing and must be repeated 5 times.




                                       Cone the soil and flatten the top.




Collection                Grinding                Partitioning               Storage


             Drying                    Mixing                    Sieving


Collection and Preparation of soil samples                                    1-11
Partitioning the soil sample




               Partitioning?

               At this stage, you have about 3kg of a composite soil sample.
               This would be a rather unwieldy package to transport to the
               testing labs. Besides, the lab will need only about 300g of soil
               for all the tests.

               Here is where the purpose behind the monotonous mixing process
               becomes apparent. Because the sample is mixed, statistically,
               the average chemical composition of the field is represented by
               surprisingly small amounts of soil — as little as a few grams!

So, you don’t need to send in all the soil you’ve collected painstakingly — you
could send in 500g which is relatively easier to transport and store.

There is a catch though — selecting the final soil sample must also be done at
random . This is fulfilled by the next Stage — Partitioning.

This involves halving the mass of the soil sample in successive stages till it is
about 500g. At each stage, a random portion of soil is selected.




The method described here is one of many that may be used to quarter the
soil sample. There are others, such as : The Riffle Technique and The Paper
Quartering Technique.

However, the method described needs no extra apparatus and is very easy.
Hence its use in this manual.




1-12                                  Collection and Preparation of soil samples
Partitioning the soil sample


                                       Divide the soil into 4 equal portions, as
                                       shown.




                                        Discard any two diagonally opposite
                                        portions.




                                       This process is called Partitioning.




Collection                 Grinding              Partitioning              Storage


             Drying                    Mixing                   Sieving


Collection and Preparation of soil samples                                  1-13
Partitioning the soil sample




1-14   Collection and Preparation of soil samples
Partitioning the soil sample



                                       Continue partitioning the sample till about
                                        500g of soil remains.




                                       The amount of soil retained depends
                                       upon the number of experiments that
                                       the Soil Chemist intends to conduct. 500
                                       g is enough if all tests are to be carried
                                       out.




                                       Transfer all the soil to a sieve.




Collection                 Grinding               Partitioning               Storage


             Drying                    Mixing                    Sieving


Collection and Preparation of soil samples                                    1-15
Sieving the soil sample


What mesh size is to be used?

A fine sieve (80 mesh) is used for determination of oxidisable
organic carbon and the elements i.e., Nitrogen, Phosphorus and
Potassium.
A coarse sieve (20 mesh) is used for determination of soil pH
and salinity.


The entire volume of the partitioned sample should pass through
the sieve. Soil aggregates that are too large to be sieved should
be ground in a mortar and sieved again.




1-16                                 Collection and Preparation of soil samples
Sieving the soil sample


                                       Sieve the soil.




                                       Preparation is complete. The soil particles
                                       have been ground, mixed, partitioned
                                       and sieved.




                                       Before the soil is transported to the lab,
                                       it must be stored in polythene bags.




Collection                Grinding                Partitioning               Storage


             Drying                    Mixing                    Sieving


Collection and Preparation of soil samples                                    1-17
Packing the soil sample




1-18   Collection and Preparation of soil samples
Packing the soil sample



                                       Seal the open end of the bag with thread.




                                       Label the bag. The information required
                                       by the laboratory for testing is shown in
                                       the Information Sheet (see Page 9-28)




                                       The samples are now ready for transport.
                                       The picture shows 3 polythene bags —
                                       these are samples from adjoining fields
                                       all headed to the testing centre.




Collection                Grinding               Partitioning              Storage


             Drying                    Mixing                   Sieving


Collection and Preparation of soil samples                                  1-19
1-20   Collection and Preparation of soil samples
Soil testing - Determination of soil pH




pH electrodes dipped into a soil-water suspension for pH measurement   1-21
Introduction


                A bit about pH...

                pH is the quantitative measure of acidity or alkalinity of liquid
                solutions. A solution with a pH value less than 7 is considered
                acidic and a solution with a pH more than 7 is considered alkaline.
                pH 7 is considered neutral.
                Soil pH between 6 and 8 is safe for most crops. If the tested
                sample has a pH value outside this “safe range”, steps must be
                taken to artificially correct the problem.

                The acidity of a solution is directly proportional to its hydrogen
                ion concentration.

 The term pH is derived from p representing the German word potenz, ‘power’,
 + H, the symbol for hydrogen.

 pH meters are extremely sensitive instruments. They consist of one (or two)
 glass electrodes connected to a digital display. The pH of a solution is displayed
 when the electrodes of the meter are dipped in it.


 Soil water suspension : A suspension, as opposed to a solution, is a
 heterogeneous mixture, i.e., its constituents may be separated by physical
 means. The mixture of soil in water is therefore a suspension, not a solution.




  Apparatus and reagents required
  Buffer tablets of pH 4.0 and 7.0, a top loading balance, a 100mL beaker, a
  wash bottle, a glass rod and a pH meter




 Determination of Lime Requirement : An acidic soil is treated with Lime to
 increase its pH. Recommendation of liming is also done after a pH test. The
 difference being the addition of an extra ingredient to the soil.

 Take 5g of soil instead of 20g as shown here. Add 5mL of distilled water and
 then add 10mL of SMP Extractant Buffer.

 Proceed with the pH exactly as shown in the following pages. When you obtain
 the pH value, refer to the Lime Recommendation Table on page 9-28.



1-22                                                     Determination of soil pH
Preparing a soil suspension


                                               Weigh out 20g of soil.




                                               Transfer the soil to a 100mL beaker.




                                               Add 50ml of distilled water. This creates
                                               a soil-water suspension.

                                               The soil : water ratio for conducting this
                                               test should be 1 : 1.25

                                               Stir the suspension occasionally for about
                                               half an hour or shake in a shaker for 5
                                               minutes.




Preparing the soil suspension                                Measuring the pH of the sample


                                Calibrating the pH meter


Determination of soil pH                                                              1-23
Using the pH meter...



 Calibration? Why is it necessary?

 Think about this — how does the meter know a solution’s pH? It doesn’t. It’s
 just programmed to display different pH values depending upon the voltage
 across its electrodes.

 The electrodes, though, are sensitive to a whole lot of other things — like
 temperature for instance. So, even though a change in room temperature will
 not change the pH of a solution, it will cause the electrodes to report the pH
 incorrectly.

 And this is true of any measuring instrument. We calibrate by measuring a known
 amount and then re-programming the meter to display that amount — this is
 sometimes as simple as pushing a switch.

                               In this experiment, we calibrate the meter with 2
                               buffer solutions — with pH values of 7.0 and 4.0.
                               See page 1-26 for a description of buffer solutions.

                               First, we dip the
                               electrodes in the pH
                               7.0 buffer. While we
                               were conducting the
                               experiment,       the
                               meter read 7.2. This
 was because it was set to measure correctly at a
 slightly lower room temperature. So, the adjustment
 knob was turned till the display read 7.0.

 Between readings, wash the electrodes with distilled
 water and wipe them dry with a piece of clean
 tissue paper.

 Repeat the process with a buffer solution of pH 4.0. The volumetric flask in the
 third picture contains the pH buffer solution.

 The meter might need a few minutes to “warm
 up”. The time varies from model to model and you
 should check the literature that came with your
 meter. Generally, “warming up” takes a few minutes.
 Also, it takes a few seconds for the display to
 stabilise after you’ve dipped the electrodes in a
 solution. So, wait a while before noting down a
 pH reading.




1-24                                                     Determination of soil pH
Calibration



                                               Calibrate the pH meter with any two
                                               known buffer solutions.




                                               Just prior to taking any readings, stir the
                                               soil-water suspension with a glass rod.




                                               Dip the electrodes of the pH meter into
                                               the suspension and take a reading.




Preparing the soil suspension                                 Measuring the pH of the sample


                                Calibrating the pH meter


Determination of soil pH                                                               1-25
A buffer story


 A bit about Buffer Solutions

 We know about pH and how it describes the acidity or alkalinity of a solution.
 Now, why is a solution acidic? Or alkaline? Modern definitions of acidity refer to
 the ability of the compounds in a solution to accept or release electrons — the
 Lewis Concept.

 But historically, an acid was a compound that, in solution, could release hydrogen
 ions into the solution, and a base was a compound which could accept hydrogen
 ions.

 Since HCl dissociates into H+ and Cl- ions, in solution, it is an acid.

 There are situations when we want the pH of a solution to remain constant —
 irrespective of change in the concentrations of its acidic or alkaline constituents.
 This is done by adding an acid-base pair to the solution that acts as a reservoir,
 or buffer. What this reservoir does is suppress or increase the dissociation of
 other compounds depending upon the pH of the solution. A commonly used
 buffer solution is the NH4Cl - NH4OH pair. These are readily soluble chemicals
 and keep each other’s dissociated concentrations in check — in line with the
 solubility product principle.

 The NH4Cl - NH4OH pair is an alkaline buffer and maintains the pH of the solution
 at around 8.5.

 You can read more about Buffer Solutions in books on Physical Chemistry.

 A thin “chemical film” is deposited on the electrodes each time a pH measurement
 is taken. Unless removed, this film causes the electrodes to report inaccurate
 values. Therefore, between readings, wash the electrodes of the pH meter with
 a stream of distilled water and then wipe them dry with tissue paper.

 When not in use keep the electrodes dipped in distilled water.




1-26                                                       Determination of soil pH
Meter readings...


                                               The pH of the sample tested is 7.79. The
                                               display on most pH meters takes about
                                               a minute to stabilise.




Preparing the soil suspension                                Measuring the pH of the sample


                                Calibrating the pH meter


Determination of soil pH                                                              1-27
1-28   Determination of soil pH
Soil Testing - Determination of salinity




Conductivity readings are taken from the supernatant liquid..   1-29
Introduction


                     A bit about salinity...

                     The determination of the quantity of water-soluble salts is
                     of special importance for arid, semi-arid as well as coastal
                     areas. It helps in taking reclamation measures as well as in
                     the selection of crops which differ in their tolerance to salts.

                    While we could measure the concentrations of the salts by
                    chemical analysis, it would be time-consuming, expensive
                    — and entirely unnecessary. That’s because, we don’t need
                    to identify all the salts lurking about — we’re only interested
 in the water-soluble ones. The concentration of all of these salts taken together
 is what matters to plants.

 So, we take a more practical approach to measure soil salinity — we add distilled
 water into the soil and stir it till the soluble salts get dissolved. Then, we measure
 the electrical conductivity of the water.

 And how does that tell us anything about salinity? Indirectly, it does — because
 in solution, ions are the carriers of electric charge and therefore, the electrical
 conductivity of a solution is directly proportional to its soluble salt concentration.

 The conductivity of a soil sample is measured with the help of a conductivity
 meter and is expressed in mmhos/cm. or, in SI units, in dS/m.

 You don’t even need to calculate the concentrations for the purposes of
 recommending fertilizers. The recommendation is based upon the conductivity
 measurement itself. ( See the recommendation tables). Most soil testing labs
 mention “Electrical Conductivity” or just “E.C.” in their reports.



  Apparatus and reagents required

  0.01N KCl solution, a 100mL beaker and a conductivity meter.




Using a conductivity meter...

An electrical conductivity meter is very similar to a pH meter. It also consists
of an electrode connected to a digital display. Measurements are made by dipping
the electrode in the solution being tested.

The precautions to be observed while using this instrument are the same as
those with a pH meter (see page 1-24 ).


1-30                                                        Determination of salinity
Calibrating the conductivity meter


                                            This is a typical Conductivity Meter. Like
                                            the pH meter, its electrode must be kept
                                            immersed in distilled water when not in
                                            use.




                                            Calibrate the meter. This is done with
                                            distilled water and a 0.1N Potassium
                                            Chloride solution.

                                            Distilled water should display 100 in the
                                            digital panel.




                                            Then, dip the electrode in a 0.1N KCl
                                            solution.




Calibration of the Conductivity meter                             Measuring conductivity


                                        Supernatant Liquid

Determination of salinity                                                          1-31
A bit about supernatant liquid


                               What is Supernatant liquid?

                               The liquid that floats above a suspension after it
                               has been allowed to stand for a while is termed
                               “Supernatant”. When measuring conductivity, the
                               conductivity cell should remain in the Supernatant
                               liquid and not touch the soil below as shown.

                             So, why are we measuring the conductivity of the
                             supernatant liquid? After all, during the pH
                             experiment we had specified that the soil should
be in suspension while the reading was being taken.

The supernatant liquid is a solution. The salts present in the soil dissolve in water
and dissociate into ions, which are charged particles. The concentration of soluble
salts in the soil may, therefore, be calculated from the conductivity of the
supernatant liquid.




Soil - water ratio? Why is that important?

Soil to water ratio should be 1:2. The ratio influences the amount of salts in the
extract. Some laboratories use different ratios while conducting this test. Either
way, the ratio must (and is) always mentioned in a soil analysis report.




1-32                                                      Determination of salinity
Conductivity readings...



                                            Adjust the cell constant knob till the
                                            meter displays 14.1 m.mhos/cm.




                                            The soil water suspension from the pH
                                            experiment is allowed to stand till a clear
                                            supernatant liquid is obtained.
                                            After setting the range switch to
                                            maximum, the electrode is dipped in the
                                            supernatant liquid.




                                            Reduce the range setting on the meter
                                            one at a time till the most appropriate
                                            setting is found.

                                            In this case, the conductance of the soil
                                            sample is 1.20 m.mhos/cm.




Calibration of the Conductivity meter                             Measuring conductivity


                                        Supernatant Liquid

Determination of salinity                                                          1-33
1-34   Determination of salinity
Soil Testing - Determination of available organic Carbon




Diphenylamine indicator being added drop by drop           1-35
Introduction


              A bit about Oxidisable organic carbon...

              Decomposed plants and microbial residues are the constituents of
              organic matter. The percentage of oxidisable organic matter can
              be determined by multiplying its percentage of organic carbon by
              1.724.

              Oxidisable organic carbon consists of partly decomposed residues
              of plants, animals and microorganisms. This constitutes most of
              the usable carbon present in the soil.

 The other forms of carbon which are present, but not useful as a source of
 nutrients, include inorganic carbon (such as carbonates), elemental carbon (such
 as coal and graphite) and completely decomposed organic carbon.

 For areas known to have very low organic matter content take 2g of soil in the
 conical flask, for peat soils, take 0.05g and for areas known to have about
 1-2% of organic carbon content, take 0.5g of soil.


  Apparatus and reagents required

  1N potassium dichromate solution, 0.5N ferrous ammonium sulphate solution,
  diphenylamine indicator, concentrated sulphuric acid and 85% orthophosphoric
  acid solution.

  500mL conical flask, titration setup (50mL burette, chromyl chloride solution
  to clean the burette and titration stand) 10mL bulb-type pipette, chemical
  balance, 1000mL volumetric flask and two watch glasses.


 Why are two conical flasks used?

 This experiment is based upon the Walkley and Black method according
 to which soil is digested with chromic acid resulting in the oxidation of
 its organic content.

 The excess chromic acid is determined by titration with a standard ferrous
 ammonium sulphate solution.

 After titration, in the case of the soil sample, the amount of titrant consumed
 is obtained. The amount of titrant consumed in a blank titration (without soil)
 could be calculated stoichiometrically. But this would require accurate weighing
 of all the reagents involved in the reaction.

 Therefore, it is much simpler to perform a blank titration to obtain the required
 figures i.e. the volume of ferrous iron solution consumed.


1-36                                  Determination of oxidisable organic carbon
Oxidising the carbon in the soil sample


                                                 Take two 500mL conical flasks.




                                                 Add 1g of soil to one of the flasks.




                                                 Add 10mL of K2Cr2O7 to each of the
                                                 flasks with a pipette.




Oxidizing the carbon in the soil                     Titration of the soil sample suspension

                                   Blank Titration                                        Calculations


Determination of oxidisable organic carbon                                                       1-37
Precautions...



 Concentrated sulphuric acid is a very corrosive chemical. It fumes in contact
 with moisture. Observe the following precautions when using sulphuric acid :

 The acid must be poured into the beaker along a glass rod or along its inner
 walls.

 DO NOT use a pipette to measure out the acid - if any of the acid gets into
 your mouth, there might not be enough of it left to talk about the experience!

 This step should ideally be carried out in an Exhaust Cabinet because the fumes
 are extremely corrosive as well. Don’t try to smell the fumes however tempting
  it might seem!



 What happens during the half hour?

 The oxidisable organic carbon in soil is oxidised by potassium dichromate

 3C + 2K2Cr2O7 + 8H2SO4 = 3CO2 + 8H2O + 2K2SO4 + 2Cr2 (SO4)3

 Potassium dichromate is converted to potassium sulphate and chromium sulphate.
 Cr6+ is reduced to Cr3+. The colour of the oxidised form of chromium(Cr6+) is
 yellow (or orange) and that of it’s reduced form (Cr 3+ ) is green.

 The volume of K2Cr2O7 solution added to the soil should be large enough so that
 only a small fraction of it is reduced - which is indicated by yellow (or orange)
 c o l o u r o f t h e r e a c t i o n m e d i u m a f t e r c o m p l e t i o n o f ox i d a t i o n .

 This occurs over a period of 30 minutes.




                                                 Because sulphuric acid fumes, reagents
                                                 might get deposited on the watch glass.
                                                 Therefore, when adding water, if you see
                                                 flecks of chemicals deposited on the watch
                                                 glass, rinse them and allow the water to
                                                 drip into the conical flasks.




1-38                                            Determination of oxidisable organic carbon
Oxidising the carbon in the soil sample


                                                 With a measuring cylinder, add 20 mL.
                                                 of concentrated sulphuric acid to each
                                                 of the flasks.




                                                 Cover the flasks with watch-glasses and
                                                 allow them to stand for about half an
                                                 hour.




                                                 Then, add about 200 mL of distilled
                                                 water to each of the flasks.




Oxidizing the carbon in the soil                     Titration of the soil sample suspension

                                   Blank Titration                                        Calculations


Determination of oxidisable organic carbon                                                       1-39
Titration



 A bit about titration...

 Titration is a process by which the amount of an oxidisable or reducible substance
 in solution is determined by measuring the volume of a standard reagent required
 to react with it.

 The burette used must be cleaned with chromyl chloride prior to titration. Dirty
 burettes are the most common cause of errors.

 Carry out the blank titration first. This will give you a general idea about the
 volume of titrant, i.e., Ferrous ammonium sulphate that will be consumed. With
 this value in mind, the titration of the soil sample usually takes less time.

 Observe the colours that the solution assumes during the process. In the first
 phase, the solution is a dark burgundy. After a while, it turns violet. This indicates,
 approximately, the mid point of the titration. Local action is also observed at
 this point. The remainder of the titration needs to be carried out carefully, i.e.,
 by agitating the contents of the flask after every 2 drops.

 The end-point is indicated by a sudden change of colour of the solution to viridian,
 or dark green.

 During the titration of the soil sample, all the indicative colours are more cloudy
 than those observed during the blank titration. This is due to suspended soil
 particles.

             Why is Orthophosphoric acid used?

             Orthophosphoric acid, H3PO4, is added so that the colour change at
             end point is clearly defined.




 Diphenylamine should be added just prior to titration. This is to avoid the
 potassium dichromate from oxidising the indicator instead of the organic
 content of the soil sample being tested.
 During titration, a small amount of diphenylamine is oxidised, however, the
 error is negligible.



1-40                                     Determination of oxidisable organic carbon
Blank Titration


                                                 Add 10mL of orthophosphoric acid to
                                                 each of the flasks.




                                                 Just prior to titration, add about 10 drops
                                                 of Diphenylamine indicator to the flask.
                                                 The solution turns a dark burgundy.

                                                 The blank titration is done first.




                                                 Titration is done with a 0.5N Ferrous
                                                 ammonium sulphate solution.




Oxidizing the carbon in the soil                     Titration of the soil sample suspension

                                   Blank Titration                                        Calculations


Determination of oxidisable organic carbon                                                       1-41
Local action... And a few calculations



            What is local action?

            Local action is a phenomenon observed midway during titration. At
            this stage, even though the titration is not complete, a faint, localised
            “end point” may be observed in the solution where the titrant drops
            fall.
          To observe local action during this experiment allow a drop of titrant,
          i.e., Ferrous ammonium sulphate, to drop on the solution without
          agitating the flask as is normally done during titration.The solution
 in the immediate vicinity of the drop turns green momentarily.




 A few Calculations...

 The CD-ROM has a Chemical calculator that does all the work for you but
 since we’ve set out to understand the science behind Agricultural Biotechnology,
 let’s dive headfirst into yet another bout with theory — and learn a bit about
 Stoichiometry.

 The Appendix contains an article that explains why you need to add and divide
 all these numbers...

 The percentage of oxidisable organic carbon (%OC) in the soil sample is given
 by


 % O.C. = [VK x (1– VS/VB) x SK x 0.3] / W



 where

 Vk      = Volume of Potassium dichromate solution

 VS      = Volume of Ferrous iron solution consumed in titration with soil

 VB      = Volume of Ferrous iron solution consumed in blank titration

 Sk      = Strength of Potassium dichromate solution

 W       = Weight of soil




1-42                                   Determination of oxidisable organic carbon
Indicative colours during titration...


                                                 Midway through the titration, the colour
                                                 of the solution turns to clear purple.
                                                 At this stage, local action may be
                                                 observed.




                                                 End point is indicated by a sudden change
                                                 of colour to viridian, or dark green.




                                                 Titrate the soil sample as well.

                                                 Notice that all the indicative colours with
                                                 the soil sample are cloudy.

                                                 The picture shows the titrated soil sample
                                                 suspension at end point.




Oxidizing the carbon in the soil                     Titration of the soil sample suspension

                                   Blank Titration                                        Calculations


Determination of oxidisable organic carbon                                                       1-43
1-44   Determination of oxidisable organic carbon
Soil Testing - Determination of available Nitrogen




Ammonia bubbling up the neck of a Kjeldahl flask     1-45
A bit about the Experiment



                A bit about the Experiment

                Plants generally take up nitrogen as nitrate under aerobic conditions.
                In anaerobic situations, some crops, such as rice, can take up
                nitrogen as ammonium ions. Most of the nitrogen present in soil
                is present in complex compounds. This is considered as a potential
                reserve source and, as such, it may be measured to assess the
                nitrogen-supplying capacity of the soil.

                  Soil testing centres do not usually conduct a separate test for
 determining the quantity of available nitrogen in a soil sample brought to them
 for testing. Instead, they calculate this quantity directly from the quantity of
 oxidisable organic carbon.

 And how exactly is that possible? The ratio of the amount of oxidisable organic
 carbon is proportional to the amount of nitrogen in a given area. The ratio is
 unique to each region. These ratios have been tabulated. In Nimpith, where VIB
 is located, the ratio is 1 : 5. With this value, we need only perform the organic
 carbon test to determine the quatities of both nitrogen and oxidisable organic
 carbon.



  Apparatus and reagents required

  Boric acid solution, Mixed indicator, 0.32% potassium permanganate solution,
  2.5% sodium hydroxide solution, liquid paraffin.

  Kjeldahl flask(s), distillation setup, titration setup, 250mL conical flask and
  a few glass beads.




 Glass beads and liquid paraffin

 These are used to reduce frothing and the formation of bubbles in the solution
 when the flask is heated.

 The bubbles may carry soil into the delivery tube and deposit them in the conical
 flask connected to the other end of the tube. The presence of soil makes it hard
 to detect the end point when we titrate the contents of the conical flask. More
 on this topic later...



1-46                                          Determination of Available Nitrogen
Extracting the Nitrogen as Ammonia



                                       Take 20g of soil in a Kjeldahl Flask.




                                       Add 20mL of distilled water.




                                       Coat a few glass beads in liquid paraffin
                                       and put them in the flask.




 Extracting the Nitrogen as Ammonia                                Calculations

                         Titration of the condensate

Determination of Available Nitrogen                                        1-47
Extracting the Nitrogen as Ammonia




 A bit about Kjeldahl and the flask he invented...

 A Danish chemist called J.G.C.T. Kjeldahl came up with the brilliant idea of
 estimating nitrogen concentrations in organic substances by distilling it out as
 ammonia — which can be easily assayed. For boiling the organic substance, he
 made a round-bottomed glass flask with a long neck. A special heat-resistant
 glass is used which does not crack when heated to high temperatures and is
 expposed to relatively cooler liquids at the same time.

 The entire assembly is called a Kjeldahl setup or unit and the flask also bears
 its inventor’s name.




1-48                                         Determination of Available Nitrogen
Extracting the Nitrogen as Ammonia



                                       Then add 100mL each of 0.32%
                                       potassium permanganate and 2.5%
                                       sodium hydroxide solutions.




                                       Heat the flask to about 80oC on an electric
                                       heater.




                                       Ammonia is evolved. The gas escapes
                                       into the delivery tube attached to the
                                       Kjeldahl flask.




 Extracting the Nitrogen as Ammonia                                 Calculations

                         Titration of the condensate

Determination of Available Nitrogen                                          1-49
Extracting the Nitrogen as Ammonia


               Why do we use mixed indicator?

               In this test the pH changes at two distinct points. The first is when
               the ammonia is absorbed by the boric acid and the solution changes
               from bright pink to green. The second occurs during the titration
               of the solution with sulphuric acid. The solution then changes back
               to pink.

              These changes occur at different pH values and a single indicator
              is not sufficient since indicators exhibit a colour shift only in a
 small pH range. Thus, we need two indicators which will show us both these
 changes. Hence a mixed indicator — which is a mixture of Methyl Red, Bromocresol
 green and Ethanol — is used in this experiment.




1-50                                         Determination of Available Nitrogen
Titration of the condensate


                                       The evolved gases condense and are
                                       collected in a conical flask containing
                                       Boric Acid solution and Mixed Indicator.




                                       The Ammonia is absorbed by the acid —
                                       indicated by a change in colour of the
                                       solution to green. Continue boiling the
                                       contents of the Kjeldahl flask till about
                                       100mL of distillate is collected.




                                       Titrate the distillate with 0.02N sulphuric
                                       acid.




 Extracting the Nitrogen as Ammonia                                 Calculations

                         Titration of the condensate

Determination of Available Nitrogen                                          1-51
Titration of the condensate




                My end point is brown!

                You did not pour in enough paraffin. Or, perhaps, you didn't use
                enough glass beads. These ingredients are added to reduce the
                surface tension of the solution in the Kjeldahl flasks. This greatly
                reduces bubble formation...

                The bubbles often carry small amounts of soil and deposit it in
                the conical flask. This “muddies” the indicative colours during
                titration and hence the end point appears brownish...




 A few calculations

 Substitute the observed volume, V, of sulphuric acid consumed in the following
 equation to calculate the amount of available nitrogen (in kg per hectare) of
 the soil sample —

 V X 31.36 kg/Ha




1-52                                          Determination of Available Nitrogen
Titration of the condensate... and Calculations



                                        Local action is observed distinctly during
                                        titration.




                                        End-point is indicated by a change in
                                        colour from green to a brownish-pink.




                                        Note the value of sulphuric acid
                                        consumed.

                                        Carry out a blank titration — with the
                                        contents of the conical flask
                                        corresponding to the Kjeldahl flask
                                        without soil.




 Extracting the Nitrogen as Ammonia                                 Calculations

                          Titration of the condensate

Determination of Available Nitrogen                                          1-53
Titration of the condensate... and Calculations




1-54             Determination of Available Nitrogen
Soil Testing - Determination of available Potassium




Flame view - the orange-red colour indicates the presence of potassium   1-55
A bit about Potassium



                A bit about potassium

               In soil, potassium may be found in four compound forms - Water
               soluble, Exchangeable, Fixed and Lattice-bound. Of these, plants
               are interested only in the first two since they cannot assimilate
               potassium when it is present in the last two types of compounds.
               Potassium is the most abundant meta-cation in plant cells. Oddly
               though, soil humus furnishes very little potassium during
               decomposition. Also, it occurs in plants only as a mobile, soluble
               ion, K+, rather than as an integral part of any specific compound -
               but, it is known to affect important aspects of a plants life such as
 cell division, formation of carbohydrates, translocation of sugars and resistance
 of the plant to certain diseases. Over 60 enzyme actions are known to require
 potassium for activation.

 Which is why it forms the “K” part of the NPK trio - the three major important
 elements that plants require for proper growth. Incidentally, the “K” comes from
 “Kalium” which is what potassium used to be called.

 And a bit about the experiment

 In the next experiment, when testing for phosphorus, we will learn about a
 technique called curve fitting. This experiment also uses the same principle but
 the curve fitting itself is done electronically by the machine itself.

 So what machine are we talking about? It’s called a Flame Photometer. It consists
 of two parts — the gas compressor (that’s the first picture on the right) and the
 Aspirator/Measurement unit (the second picture). The principle on which this
 gizmo operates is that every element, when burnt in a flame, emits energy in
 a set series of wavelengths. Simply put, each element burns with a different
 colour. Further, the intensity of colour is directly proportional to the concentration
 of the element. So, by measuring the intensity of colour of flame aspirated with
 the sample, and comparing it with a known set of colour intensities, the photometer
 c a n d e t e r m i n e t h e c o n c e n t ra t i o n o f p o t a s s i u m i n t h e s a m p l e .

 The gas compressor regulates the flow of LPG to the Photometer. The gas burns
 with a nearly colourless (or faint blue) flame. The soil sample extract is then
 sucked into the flame in minute quantites. This causes the water to vapourise
 instantly and the compounds in it burn in the flame. The colour of the flame
 changes depending upon the elements present in the extract. This is detected
 by electronic sensors which calculate the intensity of the colour.

 Potassium burns with an orange-yellow flame.


  Apparatus and reagents list is on page 1-60



1-56                                                  Determination of available Potassium
Calibrating the photometer



                                              Set the Compressor to supply gas at a
                                              pressure of 0.45kg/cm2.




                                              Ignite the flame and then calibrate the
                                              photometer with solutions whose
                                              potassium concentrations are known.




                                              The calibration must be done with 4
                                              standard solutions.




Calibrating the Flame Photometer                          Measuring the concentration

                      Extracting the Potassium from the sample                   Calculations


Determination of available Potassium                                                    1-57
Calibrating a Flame Photometer




Enter “Calibration” mode        We’re working with pretty          The smart meter now
using the control panel.        high concentrations of             realises that it needs to
The buttons you have to         Potassium here.                    plot a Standard Curve. So
press will vary for different                                      you need to tell it how
models.                         Some meters are designed           many standard samples
                                for micro-analysis — like          you’re going to use to plot
Usually, you’ll see a           the one here. In our case,         the curve. We’ll use 4
numbered list of options.       we need to tell it to expect       samples. Most meters are
In this case, we press “5”      Potassium in high                  good enough to accurately
on the numeric keypad to        concentrations.                    “fit a curve” with this
enter Calibration mode.                                            number of samples.




It now wants to know the        Sampling time! Aspirate            The flame colour changes
concentrations, in ppm, of      each of the stock solutions        immediately to a bright
the standard solutions          one by one — in the order          orange-yellow. The
we’re going to use. Here,       in which you keyed them            change in intensity of the
we use solutions with 100,      into the meter. We typed           colour will be barely
75, 50 and 25 ppm               in the concentrations in           noticable to the naked
concentrations.                 descending order (100,75,          eye. The meter however,
                                50,25), so, we’ll have to          can distinguish each
                                a s p i ra t e t h e 1 0 0 p p m   colour precisely.
                                solution first.




1-58                                              Determination of available Potassium
Calibrating a Flame Photometer




After each sample is                The flame becomes                    After aspirating distilled
aspirated, the meter                colourless when distilled            water, repeat with the next
demands a “washing” with            water is aspirated. It might         Standard sample. Note
distilled water — just like         also be a faint blue colour.         that the display in the
the E.C. meter and the pH           The picture here has been            picture reads STD4, or
m e t e r. N o t i c e h o w        deliberately modified to             Standard Sample No. 4.
different measuring                 exaggerate the colour of
apparatus all have the              the flame — so that you              This was taken when we’d
same operating principles.          can easily compare the               already aspirated the first
It’s really quite simple —          flame colours with and               three samples. Now, we
no magic, just science!             without the sample.                  aspirate the 4th sample.




Between each sample, the            Calibration is over. Now,            Shubham, it seems, has
meter will ask you to               the meter is ready to test           no question to ask on this
aspirate distilled water.           the soil sample extract -            topic and wants to get on
After all the 4 samples are         we don’t know the                    with the experiment!
aspirated, the meter                concentration of Potassium
sounds a satisfied beep             in this. The meter will
and tells you happily that          analyse the colour of the
calibration is over.                flame, plot its density on
                                    the standard curve that it’s
                                    drawn for itself and tell us
                                    t h e c o n c e n t ra t i o n o f
                                    Potassium.

 Calibrating the Flame Photometer                                Measuring the concentration

                       Extracting the Potassium from the sample                         Calculations


 Determination of available Potassium                                                          1-59
Extracting the potassium from the soil sample



 Ammonium Acetate? Why is this used?

 Like in the Phosphorus experiment, we need to find a way to
 extract the Exchangeable Potassium from the soil sample. That’s
 what Ammonium acetate is used for.

 The ratio of soil : Ammonium acetate should be 1:5. That is, if
 you used 5.0g of soil, take 25mL of ammonium acetate.

 Ammonium acetate dissociates to yield ammonium ions

 CH3COONH4-          CH3COO- + NH4+
 The NH4+ ions replace the K+ ions, held on exchange sites of soil colloids. As a
 result, K+ ions are released into solution. Perfect for our purpose!

 The chemical equation above has two arrows pointing in both directions. This
 indicates a reversible reaction — i.e. one that occurs simultaneously in both
 directions. However, each reversible reaction has an equilibrium point at which
 the rates of both the forward and backward reactions remain constant.

 Chemistry can be a really exciting subject! You can find out more about reversible
 equations in any textbook on Physical Chemistry. See the Appendix for a list.




  Apparatus and reagents required

  1N ammonium acetate solution of pH 7.0, 1000ppm potassium solution of
  pH 7.0.

  10mL pipette, 150mL conical flask with a rubber stopper, 50mL volumetric
  flask, 100mL measuring cylinder, a funnel, Whatman no. 42 filter paper and
  a flame photometer. This experiment is shown using a direct read-out electronic
  flame photmeter.




1-60                                        Determination of available Potassium
Extracting the potassium from the soil sample


                                              Take 5g of soil in a 150mL conical flask.




                                              Add 25mL of 1N Ammonium Acetate.
                                              The pH of the solution should be 7.0.




                                              Cork the flask and agitate its contents
                                              for about 30 minutes. This can be done
                                              with a mechanical shaker.




Calibrating the Flame Photometer                          Measuring the concentration

                      Extracting the Potassium from the sample                   Calculations


Determination of available Potassium                                                    1-61
Extracting the potassium from the soil sample



               Whatman No. 42... Whatman No. 1... Who is this man called
               What?

               It’s a brand name. “Whatman”, the company, makes filter paper
               — and a lot of other paper products used in Chemical analysis.
               The paper is graded according to its relative porosity. Hence,
               No. 1, No. 42 etc.

                An interesting feature of these papers is that they are “ashless”.
                This means that you can burn them and they do not leave behind
                a residue. This property is useful in a lot of experiments — such
 as gravimetric analysis, in which the filter paper is burned after it is used for
 filtration thereby leaving all the precipitate behind for weighing. Neat!

 Also, whoever started up the company was probably called “Whatman”... If that
 helps at all....




1-62                                       Determination of available Potassium
Extracting the potassium from the soil sample



                                              Filter the suspension through Whatman
                                              No. 42 paper.




                                              The filtrate is used for determining
                                              Potassium concentration. Transfer the
                                              filtrate to beakers for use with the Flame
                                              Photometer.




                                              Aspirate the filtrate (the soil sample
                                              extract).




Calibrating the Flame Photometer                          Measuring the concentration

                      Extracting the Potassium from the sample                   Calculations


Determination of available Potassium                                                    1-63
Calculations...


      The results and some calculations....

      Easy as pie! The smart Flame Photometer tells you the concentration of
      Potassium in the extract after politely asking you to wait for a while. In our
      case, the concentration of Potassium was 22.3.

 The K 2 O content of the soil is calculated using this formula -
 K20 (in kg/hectare)= [ 2 X CK ppm X Ve ] / Ws
 where

 CK ppm          = Concentration of the Potassium in ppm obtained from the
                   Photometer
 Ve              = Volume of Ammonium Acetate used

 Ws              = Weight of soil taken, in grams

 You can use Chemi-Calc, the calculator on the CD-ROM, to do the calculations.
 Or, if you want to show off a bit as well (like the Photometer did), use this trick

 Multiply the CK ppm amount by 10!
 Remember that the ratio of soil to extractant used should be 1 : 5. Which means
 that if you followed the steps, you would have taken 5g of soil and 25mL of
 Ammonium acetate. Those values then cancel out to give 5 in the numerator
 part of the equation. Multiply that by 2(also in the numerator) and you get
 [ CK ppm X 10]

   But beware, the trick works ONLY if you measured out the Ammonium acetate
   and the soil carefully to at least a couple of decimal places. So 25.01mL and
   5.02g of soil is fine. But 25.5 mL and 5.2g of soil means your experiment
   will be approximately OK but you cannot show off with the calculation trick!

 The formula gives you the amount of K2O present in the soil (in kg per hectare).
 To find the amount of Potassium multiply the result from the calculation above
 by 0.83.

 However, this is not necessary for recommendation since we are interested in
 the K2O amount — Why? Because that’s the compound that Fertilizers Companies
 refer to! They aren’t very smart, are they?




1-64                                         Determination of available Potassium
Measuring the concentration of Potassium in the soil sample



                                              Presence of potassium is indicated if the
                                              flame changes to a yellow-orange colour.

                                              The minute colour differences between
                                              the colours emitted by different elements
                                              are not distinguishable by the naked eye.
                                              The flame view is provided primarily for
                                              adjusting the stability of the flame and
                                              verifying that the nozzles of the aspirator
                                              are not contaminated by residues from
                                              previous experiments.




                                              The concentration of Potassium, in ppm,
                                              is displayed on the screen after a few
                                              seconds.




Most soil testing labs are not equipped with direct-display Photometers like the
one used here. Older equipment requires the user to plot a Standard Curve
manually on Graph Paper. If such equipment is used, the process described in
Section 7 (the procedure used to determine the amount of Phosphorus) is
applicable here as well.




Calibrating the Flame Photometer                          Measuring the concentration

                      Extracting the Potassium from the sample                   Calculations


Determination of available Potassium                                                    1-65
1-66   Determination of available Potassium
Soil Testing - Determination of available Phosphorus




The blue colour indicates presence of phosphorus       1-67
Preparing a Standard Curve


 A bit about available Phosphorus...

 Phosphorus occurs in soil in both organic and inorganic forms, most of which is
 not easily available to plants. A portion of the total Phosphorus is absorbed by
 plants during their growth in the form of H2PO4= . This is what we refer to as
 available phosphorus.
      What is a Standard Curve and what is it’s use?

      Simply put, it is a graphical means of determining unknowns that are
      variables of a linear equation. The catch is, that this is an equation of the
      form y = n x, where n might vary randomly as x varies. So how is that
 linear, you may ask. It is, approximately, because if we define n as n + e, then
 we find that e is a very small positive or negative number.

 The easier method to solve the problem, is to plot, on graph paper, a few (x,y)
 pairs and draw ONE line — the Standard Curve — connecting as many points
 as possible. If e was a relatively large number then we would have no option but
 to resort to esoteric mathematical tools like regression analysis because then
 the equation would cease to be approximately linear. But because e is a small
 number, we would find that most points are either on — or very close to — the
 straight line drawn and points are scattered almost equally on either side of the
 line.

 Then, to find the value of y for any given x (or vice versa) all you need to do is
 find the corresponding point on the line. Thus, we’ve found the solution to a
 linear equation by graphical means. Let’s call it the Graph Technique. Sounds
 difficult? It isn’t. As an exercise, try plotting the following value pairs on a sheet
 of graph paper

 (x,y) = (0 , 0) , (1.1 , 1) , (4.9 , 5) , ( 6.2 , 6) , (7.3 , 7) and (11 , 11).

 Draw a line that joins the points - you will find that the points are scattered to
 either side of the straight line joining (0 , 0) and                 (11 , 11).

 Using this line, find out the value of y when x is 8. You get y = 8. Now, the
 actual value of y might not be 8 exactly, but the graph shows that it would be
 pretty close to 8, if not exactly 8. In most cases, as in our present experiment,
 the small error is negligible.
  Apparatus and reagents required

  Olsen's extractant or Bray and Kurtz No. 1 extractant, Standard 100ppm
  phosphate solution, ammonium molybdate reagent (containing antimony
  potassium tartrate and ascorbic acid), 2,4-dinitrophenol, P-free charcoal.
  Eight 25mL volumetric flasks, 10mL graduated pipette, 10mL measuring
  cylinder, a funnel, graph paper, Whatman No. 42 filter paper and a colorimeter.



1-68                                         Determination of available Phosphorus
Preparing a Standard Curve



                                               Take eight 25 mL volumetric flasks and
                                               add 1mL, 2mL, 3mL, 4mL, 5mL and
                                               10mL of 2 ppm Phosphate solution to
                                               six of them.

                                               Leave two flasks blank.




                                               Add 5mL of a 2ppm Standard Phosphate
                                               solution to one of the empty flasks.




                                               Add 5mL of Olsen's Reagent to the same
                                               flask.




Preparing a Standard Curve                      Measuring the concentration of Phosphorus


                  Extracting Phosphorus from the soil sample                      Calculations


Determination of available Phosphorus                                                       1-69
Preparing a Standard Curve


 A step-by-step description of the process...
 First we need to plot a Standard Curve. In this test, it is plotted to determine,
 approximately, the relationship between the intensity of colour and the needle
 deflection of the Colorimeter (the reading on the scale) — the assumption being
 that the relationship would be linear. It is linear, by the way... Which makes this
 an ideal candidate for using the Graph Technique described on page no. 1-68.

 Now, we need a few stock solutions of Phosphorus to plot the Standard Curve.
 We take 6 such solutions. Then, we need to find out how much the Colorimeter
 would read when the solutions are placed in it.

 At this stage two problems crop up —

 (1) The Phosphorus in the soil is present primarily as a Phosphate of Calcium,
 Iron and Aluminium — which are all colourless. So the Phosphorus needs to be
 extracted AND

 (2) the new compound, in solution, must have a colour whose intensity varies
 linearly with respect to its concentration.

 The extraction part is done by adding either Olsen’s extractant which is a 0.5M
 NaHCO3 solution or by Bray and Kurtz No.1 Extractant.
 Ammonium molybdate reagent or "Reagent B" (which is a cocktail of Ammonium
 Molybdate, Tartarate and ascorbic acid) is used to obtain a heteropoly complex
 called phosphomolybdic acid, which is reduced, partially, by the ascorbic to give
 a blue coloured solution. The amount of the complex produced is directly
 proportional to the Phosphorus concentration. Problem solved!

 The two flasks to which we did NOT add any stock solution are used to simplify
 a technical hitch (see page 1-78) when Olsen's extractant is used.

 The Flask with Olsen's reagent described in the facing page will be used to carry
 out a mini-titration to determine the amount of acid required to lower the
 solution's pH to 3.

 The other flask will be used as a "blank". This lets us know if any of the chemicals
 we are using contain Phosphorus as an impurity. Shubham will be lurking on
 these pages to elaborate as we discuss the steps of the experiment!




1-70                                        Determination of available Phosphorus
Preparing a Standard Curve


                                               Add two drops of 2,4-dinitrophenol
                                               indicator to the flask.

                                               The solution turns yellow.




                                               Then, with a graduated pipette or
                                               dropper, add 2.5M Sulphuric acid to the
                                               flask till the yellow colour is discharged.

                                               This indicates that the pH of the solution
                                               is 3.




                                               Note down the volume of acid consumed.
                                               In our test, 0.4mL of acid was required
                                               to lower the pH when 5mL of Olsen's
                                               reagent was added.

                                               This flask is not needed any more and
                                               may be removed from the work area.

                                               This leaves 7 flasks — 6 with standard
                                               phosphate solutions and one empty flask
                                               for the blank test.



Preparing a Standard Curve                      Measuring the concentration of Phosphorus


                  Extracting Phosphorus from the soil sample                      Calculations


Determination of available Phosphorus                                                       1-71
Preparing a Standard Curve



       More on the pH value

       The value obtained in the previous step — 0.4mL of acid —
       pertained to 5mL of Olsen's extractant. So, if we use, say, 50mL
       of the reagent, we need to add 4mL of 2.5M sulphuric acid to
       adjust the pH of the solution.

       Since we've standardised the procedure (always using 5mL of
       filtrate and so on) the value obtained earlier — 0.4mL — is used
       throughout.




1-72                            Determination of available Phosphorus
Preparing a Standard Curve


                                               We now have seven flasks left.

                                               To each of the flasks, add 5mL of Olsen's
                                               reagent.




                                               Add exactly 0.4mL of 2.5M Sulphuric
                                               Acid to each of the flasks to adjust the
                                               pH of the solution to 3.




                                               Add approximately 10mL of distilled
                                               water to each of the flasks.

                                               Then, add 4mL of Reagent B — the
                                               Ammonium Molybdate reagent mixture
                                               - to each of the flasks.

                                               The picture shows the reagent being
                                               pipetted into the flask containing 10mL
                                               of the Standard Phosphate solution.




Preparing a Standard Curve                      Measuring the concentration of Phosphorus


                  Extracting Phosphorus from the soil sample                      Calculations


Determination of available Phosphorus                                                       1-73
Using a colorimeter


 Using the Colorimeter

 Colorimeters are usually analogue — measurements are indicated by the deflection
 of a needle over a semicircular scale — and they look very ancient in the
 laboratory, surrounded by digital equipment. However, they are very precise
 instruments as well!

 Colorimeters have a light-proof slot where the sample to be tested is inserted.
 If the sample is opaque, a full-scale deflection is observed, whereas a transparent
 sample does not cause any deflection of the needle.

                                     Calibration

                                     The zero and full scale deflections are set by
                                     “measuring” a sample of distilled water and
                                     a black, opaque cylinder (that comes as a
                                     standard accessory with the meter and is
                                     designed specifically for this purpose.)




                                     Turn the adjustment knob to set the needle
                                     to the zero when calibrating with distilled
                                     water. With the opaque cylinder in the metering
                                     slot, turn the adjustment knob so that the
                                     needle deflects all the way and stops in front
                                     of the “infinity” mark.




                More on the Standard Curve...

                After you’ve measured the optical densities of all the six solutions,
                plot them on a sheet of graph paper.

                The concentrations of Phosphorus in each of the flasks, in parts
                per million, go on the x-axis, while the corresponding optical
                densities go on the y-axis.

                Draw a straight line that connects most of the dots. That’s your
 Standard Curve! By the way, you might be wondering why it’s called the Standard
 Curve when it is a straight line. Well, it would be a curve if the equation were
 not linear. For instance, if the relationship between y and x were quadratic
 ( y = nx2 + c) then the graph would be a curve. Besides, (and this might sound
 silly) mathematically, a straight line is also a curve!



1-74                                       Determination of available Phosphorus
Preparing a Standard Curve


                                               Add distilled water to each of the flasks
                                               till the volume of solution in them is
                                               exactly 25mL

                                               The 25mL value is to be maintained for
                                               all solutions. The value determines the
                                               concentration of the phosphate solution.

                                               Remember that ppm is a measure of
                                               concentration.




                                               Allow the flasks to stand for 10 minutes.
                                               The solutions assume a blue tinge.




                                               Measure the optical densities of all the
                                               solutions using a colorimeter.

                                               The blank sample should register a "zero"
                                               deflection while the sample with 10mL
                                               of the standard phosphate solution should
                                               register the highest optical density.




Preparing a Standard Curve                      Measuring the concentration of Phosphorus


                  Extracting Phosphorus from the soil sample                      Calculations


Determination of available Phosphorus                                                       1-75
Phosphorus free or not...


               On to the extraction
               We have the Standard Curve and now we proceed to extracting
               the Phosphorus from the soil sample.

               This is the part that you will be doing more often since a Standard
               Curve only needs to be prepared once a day.

               Remember to note down the volume of acid used to adjust the
               pH of Olsen's Reagent. In our case, the volume is 0.4mL.




 Olsen’s Method

 This method is used to extract Phosphorus in soils with pH above 6.

 The Bray and Kurtz Method is employed to extract Phosphorus from soils with
 pH below 6. The reagent used for extraction, in this case is a solution of 0.03
 N Ammonium fluoride in 0.025 N HCl.

 Olsen's reagent is added at 1 : 20 ratio to the soil. Thus, when 2.5g of soil are
 taken for extraction, 50mL of Olsen's Reagent is to be used.

 Bray and Kurtz Reagent is added at a 1 : 10 ratio.

 Usually you will find yourself using Olsen’s Method more often. The steps followed
 for employing both the methods are identical except for the ratio mentioned
 above.

 Preparation of the Standard Curve should also be done with the same reagent
 used for extraction.




1-76                                       Determination of available Phosphorus
Extracting Phosphorus from the sample


                                               Take 2.5g of soil in a 150mL conical flask.




                                               Add about 0.5g of Phosphorus-free
                                               charcoal to the conical flask.




                                               Prior pH tests on the soil sample indicate
                                               that its pH is 7.2. Hence, Olsen's Reagent
                                               is used as an extractant.

                                               Add 50mL of Olsen's Reagent to the
                                               flask.




Preparing a Standard Curve                      Measuring the concentration of Phosphorus


                  Extracting Phosphorus from the soil sample                      Calculations


Determination of available Phosphorus                                                       1-77
Extracting Phosphorus from the sample



 2,4-dinitrophenol and ascorbic acid

 2,4-dinitrophenol is used as an indicator. The test is to be carried out at a pH
 of 3.0. Therefore, we add 2.5M sulphuric acid, drop by drop, till the yellow colour
 of the 2,4-dinitrophenol is discharged indicating that the pH of the solution is
 exactly 3.0.

 This causes a conflict with Reagent B — the ammonium molybdate mixed with
 antimony potassium tartarate and ascorbic acid. Ascorbic acid cannot be used
 if we use 2,4-dinitrophenol.

 Some laboratories use stannous chloride in conjunction with pure ammonium
 molybdate. The problem with this method is that the blue complex formed is
 very unstable and the colour disappears in a few minutes. In a soil testing centre,
 where you could be testing 100 samples everyday, you cannot use Stannous
 Chloride.

 So we have a bit of problem! The solution is to carry out a kind of “mini-titration”
 to determine exactly how much 2.5M sulphuric acid is required to bring the pH
 of the solution down to 3.0. We do this by adding 5mL of Olsen’s Extractant to
 a 10mL volumetric flask and then adding two drops of 2,4-dinitrophenol. The
 solution assumes a yellow colour. Then, we add 2.5M Sulphuric acid to the flask
 drop by drop through a graduated pipette, till the yellow colour is discharged.
 This gives us the amount of acid required to correct the pH for 5mL of extractant.

 Note that one does not need to lower the pH when using Bray and Kurtz Extractant.
 After addition of this reagent, we directly add 4mL of Reagent B and then top
 up with distilled water to 20mL.




1-78                                        Determination of available Phosphorus
Extracting Phosphorus from the sample



                                               Agitate the contents of the flasks for half
                                               an hour in a mechanical shaker.




                                               Filter the suspension through Whatman
                                               No. 42 filter paper.

                                               Then, transfer exactly 5mL of the filtrate
                                               to a 25mL volumetric flask.




                                               Add 0.4 mL of 2.5M Sulphuric acid.




Preparing a Standard Curve                      Measuring the concentration of Phosphorus


                  Extracting Phosphorus from the soil sample                      Calculations


Determination of available Phosphorus                                                       1-79
The Standard Curve


                   0.16


                   0.14


                   0.12


                   0.10
 Optical Density




                   0.08


                   0.06


                   0.04


                   0.02



                      0
                          0.1   0.2   0.3    0.4     0.5   0.6    0.7   0.8
                                Concentration of Phosphorus (in ppm)
   The Standard Curve...again

   The relation between concentration and optical density is linear. And like we
   know, it is plotted by measuring the optical densities of solutions with known
   strengths — marked red.

   After you’ve completed the experiment, you have an optical density reading of
   a solution with an unknown concentration of phosphorus - marked blue. The
   x-axis value gives you the concentration, in ppm, of phosphorus in the soil
   sample.
   A Standard Curve is usually prepared daily in the soil testing lab.

   Calculations

   Substitute the ppm concentration of phosphorus obtained into the following
   equation to obtain the availibility per hectare.

   P2O5 (kg/hectare) = Vc x Ve x cppm x 2 x 2.2 /Vf x W
   where
   cppm = ppm concentration obtained from the standard curve
   Vc = Volume of the coloured solution in mL
   Ve = Volume of extractant taken for extraction of P from soil in mL
   Vf = Volume of filtrate taken for colour development in mL
   W = Weight of soil taken in grams


1-80                                                              Determination of available Phosphorus
Measuring the concentration of Phosphorus



                                               Add 4mL of ammonium molybdate
                                               reagent.

                                               The solution turns blue within a few
                                               minutes.




                                               Add distilled water to the flask till the
                                               volume of solution in it is exactly 25mL.

                                               The solution turns blue.




                                               After 10 minutes, measure the optical
                                               density of the solution in a Colorimeter.

                                               Plot the value on the standard curve you
                                               obtained earlier. This is marked in blue
                                               on the Standard Curve on the facing
                                               page.




Preparing a Standard Curve                      Measuring the concentration of Phosphorus


                  Extracting Phosphorus from the soil sample                      Calculations


Determination of available Phosphorus                                                       1-81
1-82   Determination of available Phosphorus
Soil Testing - Determination of Gypsum requirement




At end-point, the solution changes from a wine-red to a greenish-blue   1-83
A bit about the experiment


         A bit about the experiment
         Alkali soils contain large amounts of sodium. This element has huge
         ions. Soil aeration and permeability are two conditions that are adversely
         affected by the monstrous Sodium atoms hogging space.

To improve the situation, Sodium cations (Cations are atoms that have lost an
electron and, hence, are positively charged) are displaced by Calcium cations.
The Sodium is then leached away by percolating water.

Gypsum — CaSO4.2H20 — is used as a source of Calcium. The following pages
describe the test to determine how much Gypsum needs to be applied to a field.



  Apparatus and reagents required

  Two 250mL conical flasks, a 150mL conical flask, a funnel, Whatman No. 42
  filter paper, titration setup.

  Saturated gypsum solution, ammonium hydroxide-ammonium chloride buffer
  solution, EBT indicator, EDTA solution.




1-84                                      Determination of Gypsum requirement
Adding Gypsum to the soil sample


                                      Ta ke t w o 2 5 0 m L c o n i c a l f l a s k s




                                      To one of the flasks, add 5g of soil. Leave
                                      the other flask empty. It will be used to
                                      carry out a blank test.




                                      To the flask containing soil, add 100mL
                                      of a saturated gypsum solution.




Determination of Gypsum requirement                                              1-85
Adding Gypsum to the soil sample



 Remember this...

 Add 5mL of the SAME gypsum solution that you added to the soil sample.
 The experiment is to determine how much Gypsum in the 100mL solution is
 adsorbed by the soil sample. The amount of gypsum adsorbed directly affects
 the strength of the solution.

 We compare the strengths of the two solutions by titrating equal volumes —
 5mL of filtrate and 5mL of the original solution.

 The difference in the volume of EDTA consumed in both the titrations is used to
 determine the Gypsum requirement of the field where the sample was taken.




1-86                                     Determination of Gypsum requirement
Adding Gypsum to the soil sample


                                      To the other flask, add 5mL of the same
                                      saturated gypsum solution.




                                      Agitate the soil suspension in a
                                      mechanical shaker for 5 minutes.




                                      Filter the suspension through Whatman
                                      No. 42 filter paper.




Determination of Gypsum requirement                                       1-87
Why add a buffer?




            Why do we add the buffer solution?

            If iron is present in large amounts in the soil sample, it will interfere
            with the titration and skew the results.
            The ammonium hydroxide-ammonium chloride buffer stabilises the
            pH of the solution at 10. This is highly alkaline and causes any
            Iron present in the solution to precipitate as a hydroxide — thereby
            ensuring that the titration gives us the required results.

              Other elements such as copper and nickel are also present in most
soils but not in amounts enough to cause significant errors in the experiment.




1-88                                      Determination of Gypsum requirement
Titration of the filtrate


                                      Transfer 5mL of the filtrate to a 150mL
                                      conical flask.




                                      Then, add 1mL of ammonium chloride-
                                      ammonium hydroxide buffer solution and
                                      25mL of distilled water to both the flasks
                                      - the flask for the blank test and the
                                      flask with 5mL of filtrate.




                                      Add 2-3 drops of EBT indicator. The
                                      solutions assume a wine-red colour.




Determination of Gypsum requirement                                         1-89
A few calculations


 A sight for sore eyes...

 One of the most interesting aspects of Analytical Chemistry are the colours one
 sees. Fiery reds, moody blues and shocking pinks... They're all on display.
 Titration is a case in point. Even veteran chemists are sometimes distracted by
 the beautiful display of a solution magically changing colour.

 This particular titration is perhaps the most interesting of the ones described in
 this book. Wine Red to blue... The introductory page to this section contains a
 full page picture of the solution at end-point.




 A few calculations...

 The amount of Gypsum that the soil sample requires is calculated by substituting
 values into the following formula -

 Gypsum requirement (tons/Ha) = SEDTA(Vb-Vs) X 688.68
 where

 Vs = Volume of the EDTA required for titration of the soil filtrate
 Vb = Volume of the EDTA required for blank titration
 SEDTA = Strength (in N) of the EDTA solution




1-90                                       Determination of Gypsum requirement
Titrating the filtrate and the blank


                                       Titrate with EDTA.




                                       End Point is indicated by a change in
                                       colour to blue-green.

                                       Note down the value of EDTA consumed.




                                       Titrate the blank next.

                                       Note down the volume of EDTA
                                       consumed.




Determination of Gypsum requirement                                      1-91
1-92   Determination of Gypsum requirement
Soil Testing - Reagent preparation




Extraction of phosphorus using Olsen’s Reagent   1-93
Take all the usual precautions while using chemicals —
       The bibliograpy at the end of this manual lists quite a few books
       on lab-practice. Read one of them. Or, ask a lab technician to show
       you the precautions. Observing a technician at work is not
       recommended — lab technicians sometimes skip safety measures
       while they work. Ask them to explain the procedures to you while
       they're not at work.




1-94                                                 Reagent preparation
We’ve followed a graphical method of explaining the procedure for preparing lab
reagents. Most of the reagents are prepared simply by adding a weighed amount
of solid (crystalline) reagent to distilled water and mixing the two. A 1L volumetric
flask is commonly used.

In cases where the reagent may not be soluble in distilled water at room
temperature, a little acid is also added to the mixture.


                                  The preparation procedure is described in a
                                  step-by-step format.

                                  The capacity of the container is mentioned to its
                                  left. Make sure you use a flask/beaker of
                                  the right capacity.

        1L                        The colour that the solution assumes at the END
                                  is shown in a circle below the container capacity.

                                  A white circle indicates a colourless solution.

                                  If the flask needs to be heated, it is indicated
                                  by an orange “flame” at the bottom.

                                  A step that involves corrosive chemicals is
                                  indicated by a red circle.

                                  A step that involves transfer of the solution to
                                  another container midway through the preparation
                                  (for, say, filtration) is indicated by an arrow
                                  p o i n t i n g o u t wa r d f r o m t h e c o n t a i n e r.



                                             Step 1

                                              Step 2
                                              Add 20mL of sulphuric acid



                                              Filter the solution and store in a reagent
                                              bottle




Reagent preparation                                                                       1-95
1N Potassium Dichromate




       1L




                          Take 49.04g of potassium dichromate and
                          put it in the flask

                          Add 800mL of distilled water

                          Agitate the contents by shaking the flask
                          gently till the salt dissolves

                          After the salt is dissolved, add more distilled
                          water till the volume of the solution is 1L




1-96                                              Reagent preparation
0.5N Ferrous Ammonium Sulphate




     1L




                        Take 196.1g of ferrous ammonium sulphate
                        in the flask

                        Add 700mL of distilled water

                        Add about 20mL of concentrated sulphuric
                        acid. DO NOT use a pipette — use a
                        measuring cylinder

                        Agitate the contents by shaking the flask
                        gently till the salt dissolves.

                        After the salt is dissolved, add more distilled
                        water till the volume of the solution is 1L




Reagent preparation                                               1-97
SMP Buffer solution (pH 7.5)




       1L


                           1.8g of p-nitrophenol

                           2g of Calcium acetate

                           2.5mL of triethanolamine

                           3g of Potassium Chromate

                           53g Calcium Chloride

                           Add 800mL of distilled water

                           Agitate the contents by shaking the flask
                           gently till the salts dissolve

                           After the salt is dissolved, add more distilled
                           water till the volume of the solution is 1L

                           Adjust the pH of the solution to 7.5 with
                           dilute Sodium Hydroxide.




1-98                                               Reagent preparation
Diphenylamine Indicator




  250mL




                          Take 500mg of Diphenylamine indicator
                          powder in the beaker

                          Add 20mL of distilled water

                          Add about 100mL of concentrated
                          sulphuric acid. DO NOT use a pipette
                          — use a measuring cylinder

                          Agitate the contents by shaking the flask
                          gently till the indicator dissolves

                          After the salt is dissolved, store it in a
                          brown reagent bottle




Reagent preparation                                             1-99
0.32% Potassium Dichromate




        1L




                         Take 3.2g of potassium dichromate in the
                         flask

                         Add 800mL of distilled water

                         Agitate the contents by shaking the flask
                         gently till the salt dissolves

                         After the salt is dissolved, add more distilled
                         water till the volume of the solution is 1L




1-100                                            Reagent preparation
2.5% Sodium Hydroxide




                                                             1-74



    1L




                        Take 25g of sodium hydroxide in the flask


                        Add 800mL of distilled water

                        Agitate the contents by shaking the flask
                        gently till the salt dissolves

                        After the salt is dissolved, add more distilled
                        water till the volume of the solution is 1L




Reagent preparation                                               1-101
[Methyl Red + Bromocresol Green + Ethanol] MixedIndicator




  250mL




                             Take 0.07g of Methyl Red indicator in
                             the beaker

                             Add 0.1g of Bromocresol Green

                             Add 100mL of Ethanol

                             Swirl the contents of the beaker to mix
                             them well

                             After the contents are mixed thoroughly,
                             store the indicator in a brown reagent
                             bottle




1-102                                            Reagent preparation
Boric Acid + Mixed Indicator




    1L




                          Take 20g of boric acid in the flask

                          Add 700mL of distilled water

                          Warm up to 80oC
                          Add 200mL of Ethanol

                          Add 20mL Mixed Indicator

                          Add 0.05N Sodium Hydroxide till the solution
                          turns reddish-purple

                          After the salt is dissolved, add more distilled
                          water till the volume of the solution is 1L




Reagent preparation                                                 1-103
Olsen’s Extractant




        1L




                      Take 42g of sodium bicarbonate in the flask


                      Add 800mL of distilled water

                      Agitate the contents by shaking the flask
                      gently till the salt dissolves.

                      Adjust the pH to 8.5 by adding either dilute
                      HCl or dilute NaOH solution

                      After the salt is dissolved, add more distilled
                      water till the volume of the solution is 1L




1-104                                         Reagent preparation
2,4-dinitrophenol Indicator




  250mL



                                Take 500mg of 2,4-dinitrophenol
                                indicator powder in the beaker

                                Add distilled water while stirring the
                                solution to make a supersaturated
                                solution

                                Filter or decant the solution

                                Store the filtrate in a reagent bottle




Reagent preparation                                              1-105
Standard 100ppm Phosphate solution




   1L




                      Take 0.4392g of potassium orthophosphate in
                      the flask

                      Add 800mL of distilled water

                      Agitate the contents by shaking the flask gently
                      till the salt dissolves

                      After the salt is dissolved, add more distilled
                      water till the volume of the solution is 1L




1-106                                           Reagent preparation
2.5M Sulphuric acid




   1L




                      Take 800mL of distilled water

                      Add 140mL of sulphuric acid

                      Agitate the contents by shaking the flask
                      gently

                      After mixing the acid, add more distilled
                      water till the volume of the solution is 1L




Reagent preparation                                             1-107
[Ammonium Molybdate + Tartarate + Ascorbic acid] ReagentB

                    500mL
                                                   Take 12g ammonium
                                                   molybdate (AR grade)
                                                   in the beaker

                                                   Add 250mL of distilled
                                                   water




   2L
                                                    Ta k e 0 . 2 9 0 8 g o f
                                                    antimony potassium
                                                    tartarate reagent in
                                                    the beaker
                                                    Add 100mL of
                                                    distilled water.




                    Take 1L of 2.5M sulphuric acid in the flask. Mix
                    throughly and add water till the volume of the solution
                    is 2L.



                         250mL



                -200mL

                                                 Take 1.056g ascorbic
                                                 acid in the beaker




1-108                                                Reagent preparation
1N Ammonium Acetate of pH 7.0




1L




                      Take 77.08g of ammonium acetate in the flask


                      Add 800mL of distilled water

                      Agitate the contents by shaking the flask gently
                      till the salt dissolves

                      After the salt is dissolved, add more distilled
                      water till the volume of the solution is 1L

                      Adjust the pH of the solution to 7 by adding a
                      little dilute acid/alkali




Reagent preparation                                               1-109
Standard Potassium Solution (1000ppm)




  1L




                       Take 1.908g of potassium chloride in the flask

                       Add 800mL of distilled water

                       Agitate the contents by shaking the flask gently
                       till the salt dissolves

                       After the salt is dissolved, add more distilled
                       water till the volume of the solution is 1L




1-110                                            Reagent preparation
Abiotic — Anaerobic


Abiotic Factor in the Environment : Nonliving forms (physical and chemical) in
the environment that influence the environmental processes

Absorptive : A substance that can absorb and hold water

Aseptic Condition : A situation where there is no microorganism

Acetylene : An organic gas with the chemical formula C2H2

Acetylene Reduction Assay (ARA) : The nitrogen fixing enzyme, Nitrogenase, in
addition to the reduction of nitrogen to form ammonia, can also reduce acetylene
to form ethylene. The rate of this reaction is measured and extrapolated as
nitrogenase activity. This assay is called as ARA.

Acid Soil : A soil with a pH value less than 7. Usually applied to surface layer
or root zone, but may be used to characterize any horizon or sample.

Adaptability : Power of an organism to make itself fit in altered environmental
condition

Adhesion : Physical attachment between two different bodies.

Adventitious Root : The roots of a mature embryophyta developed from parts
other than primary root initial

Aeration Device : A device by which air can pass through a system

Aerobic : An organism, a system or a reaction that requires oxygen for its
operation

Agar-agar : A polysaccharide derived from seaweeds (Red algae) used as
solidifying agent in culture medium

Air-dry : The state of dryness (of soil) at equilibrium with the moisture content
in the surrounding atmosphere.The actual moisture content will depend upon
the relative humidity and the temperature of the surrounding atmosphere.

Alkaline Soil : Any soil that has pH greater than 7. Usually applied to surface
layer or root zone but may be used to characterize any horizon or a sample.

Ambient Temperature : Temperature of the surrounding environment.

Amylase : An enzyme that breaks starch into glucose

Anaerobic : An organism, a system or a reaction that does not require oxygen
for its operation




7-2                                                          Glossary of Terms
Annuli — Biofertilizer


Annuli : Plural of annulus: ring-like segments of the cylindrical body of annelids,
like earthworm

Anterior Region : Proximal part of an animal body

Antibacterial : Any chemical or physical agent or any phenomenon that inhibit
bacterial activity

Antifungal Compound : Compound that inhibits the growth of fungus or destroy
it.

Aquatic Environment : Combination of all the physical, chemical and biological
factors in an water body, which influence living forms

Arid Region : Dry and bare region where the sunlight is of high intensity

Ashby's Medium : A medium for the culture of Azotobacter, the constituents of
which was developed by Ashby

Autoclave : A device for wet sterilization

Auxins : A group of bioactive compounds having promoting effect on plant growth
through cell division, elongation and differentiation

Available Forms of Plant Nutrients : The form of plant nutrients that are soluble
in water and can be absorbed by the plant root

Available Nutrient : That portion of any essential element or compound in the
soil that can be absorbed readily and assimilated by growing plants.
Available Forms Of Plant Nutrients : Simple, inorganic and water-soluble forms
of plant nutrients that can readily be absorbed by the plant root system

Bacteria : Prokaryotic (without true nucleus) unicellular microorganism having
cell wall and spore producing capability; present in all parts of biosphere

Beneficial Microorganism : The microorganisms that improve the soil quality by
their biological action

Biochemical Process : Chemical reactions taking place within the cell or external
to the cell but always with the help of enzymes produced by the cells

Biodegradable : The substances that can be decomposed by the microbial activity

Biodegradation : Decomposition of complex biological macromolecules of organic
bodies into simpler forms by bacterial activity

Biofertilizer : Preparation containing living or latent cells of microorganisms,


Glossary of Terms                                                              7-3
Biological — CFU


which, when applied to soil, increase their number in soil and improves soil
fertility through their biological action

Biologically Degradable Organic Waste : Organic waste that can be decomposed
by microbial activity

Biomass : Total amount of living and nonliving organic content

Biotic Factor in Environment : Living forms that influence environmental processes

Blue Green Algae (BGA) : The BGA are prokaryotic microorganisms living on
water or moist soil. They are photosynthetic and some of them are nitrogen-
fixers.

Broth : Liquid culture containing bacterial cells

Buffer : It is a solution containing an acid and a base, or a salt that tends to
maintain a constant H+ concentration. A buffer tablet with a specific value (as
4.0, 7.0, 9.2) when dissolved in 100 ml distilled water, gives a buffer solution
of that specific pH value.

C-4 plants : Normally, the first stable product in photosynthesis is phosphoglyceric
aldehyde, a three-carbon compound (C-3) plant). In some plants, the first stable
compound is a 4-carbon compound — malic acid. These plants are called C-4
plants. The photosynthetic efficiency of these plants is comparatively high

Calcareous Soil : Soil containing sufficient calcium carbonate (often with magnesium
carbonate) to effervesce visibly when treated with cold 0.1N HCl.

Carbofuran : A pesticide
Carbohydrate : Organic compounds that are composed of carbon, hydrogen and
oxygen, where the ratio of hydrogen and oxygen is 2:1, as in water

Carbohydrate : A class of biological macromolecule constituted of carbon, hydrogen
and oxygen, where the ration of hydrogen to oxygen is 2:1 as in water molecule

Carrier : A finely granular solid phase that can hold and carry microbial cells in
sufficient quantity giving suitable environment to them

Cellulase : The enzyme that breaks cellulose, the major component of plant cell
wall

CFU : Colony forming unit. Spreading of bacterial suspension on plate distribute
the individual cells separately on the surface. On incubation, each cell develops
one colony. But a few cells may remain in clumps. Such clumps, comprising of
two or few cells, will develop individual colonies. Thus enumeration of microbial
culture is made in terms of the number of CFU rather than the number of cells.


7-4                                                           Glossary of Terms
Chemical Energy — Culture




Chemical Energy : Energy remaining latent within high-energy chemical compounds
( as in carbohydrate ); to be derived after breakdown by chemical means
(respiration)

Chemical Environment : Chemical factors like concentrations of different chemical
compounds in a system
Chemical nitrogen Fertilizer : Nitrogenous compounds that are applied in field
as nitrogen source of crop plant e.g. Urea, Di-ammonium phosphate

Chitinase : An enzyme that degradess chitin, a component of plant cell wall

Circulatory System : Combination of organs in animal body responsible for the
circulation of metabolites, excretory products etc.

Cocoon : The fertilized eggs of earthworms

Coelom : The body cavity of lower animals

Colonization : Increase in number of individuals in a particular area through
propagation

Colonization of Microorganism : Development of a microbial community in a
particular area through growth (cell division)

Colour : A land may show two different colours, viz., light colour and dark colour.
Soil samples from these two-coloured lands should be collected separately and
analysed as they vary in their properties.
Combined Nitrogen : Compounds containing nitrogen ( ammonia, nitrite, nitrate)

Composite Soil Sample : Soil samples collected from a number of sites of a soil
unit are thoroughly mixed to represent the properties of the soil unit. The mixed
sample is termed composite soil sample.

Compost : Organic residues, or a mixture of organic residues and soil that have
been piled, moistened and allowed to undergo biological decomposition.

Contaminants : Any undesired living form in microbial culture

Contamination : Appearance of any undesired living form in a pure living population
(as in microbial culture)

Cross-fertilisation : Union of male and female sex cells of two different organisms

Culture : Growing living cells or tissue in artificial or semi-natural nutrient medium



Glossary of Terms                                                                  7-5
Culture Medium — Endogeic Earthworms


Culture Medium : A solution consisting of all the required food substances to
culture living cells or tissue

Cumulative Effect : Combined effects of different factors

Curling : A disease of plant where the leaves or fronds are curled inwardly or
outwardly, caused by bacteria, fungus or viruses.

Cytokinin : A group of bioactive compounds having promoting effect on plant
cell division, specially division of cytoplasm.

Decomposing Microorganisms : The microorganisms that are involved in the
degradation of complex biological macromolecules into the simpler forms

Decomposition : Degradation of complex biological macromolecules present in
organic bodies into smaller and simpler forms by bacterial activity.

Defence Mechanism : A measure to protect an organism from pathogenic agents.

Digestive System : A system in animal body responsible for intake, digestion
and absorption of food

Dilution Plating Method : A method of serial dilution of microbial culture, soil,
food etc., plating the dilutes and consequent incubation to enumerate the number
of viable cells or colony forming units of microorganisms, general or specific.

Diptera : An insect group comprising of insects with single pair of wings

Dominance : Prevalence

Dorsal Side : The backside

Doubling Time : The time required to double its content through multiplication

Dull Colour : Colour not so bright

EC : Electric Conductivity

Effluent : Liquid industrial waste of sewage

Electrical Conductivity of Soil (EC) : The measurement of electrical conductivity
is based on the principle that ions are the carriers of electricity. The electrical
conductivity of a solution increases with increase in soluble salt concentration.
The electrical conductivity of a soil is measured with the help of conductivity
meter and is expressed in mmhos/cm. (now in dS/m). Thus the measurement
of EC helps us to know the concentration of water-soluble salts in the soil.

Endogeic Earthworms : The earthworms that obtain their food from the deep


7-6                                                          Glossary of Terms
Endomycorrhiza — Essential Plant Nutrients


layer of substrate / soil

Endomycorrhiza : Mycorrhiza where the fungus remain within the root tissue

Enumeration : Counting of a particular object in relation to space of a particular
event in relation to time

Environment : The combination of all the physical, chemical and biological agents
surrounding an organism that has significant effect on the organism.

Environmental Factors : All the physical, chemical and biological components of
the environment, which influence the ecosystem including the living forms.

Enzyme : A protenacious macromolecule of biological origin and of special
structural and functional organisation that regulate a specific biological reaction

Enzyme, Chitinase : See chitinase

Enzyme, Nitrogenase : See nitrogenase

Enzyme, Amylase : See amylase

Enzyme, Cellulase : See cellulase

Enzyme, Lipase : See lipase

Enzyme, Protease : See protease

Epigeic Earthworms : The earthworms that obtain their food from the surface
of substrate /soil

Oesophagus : The proximal part of the digestive canal beyond the pharynx

Essential Plant Nutrients : Nutrient means something that serves as food or
nourishment. There are 16 chemical elements known to be essential for the
growth of the higher plants. These are C, H, O (absorbed from air and water),
N, P, K, Ca, Mg, S (macronutrients absorbed from the soil), Mn, Zn, Cu, Cl, B,
Mo (micronutrients absorbed from the soil). In the absence of these elements
plants develop deficiency symptoms character tic of the deficient element. Hence
the name essential plant nutrients.




Glossary of Terms                                                               7-7
Ethylene — Gibberrellic Acid


Ethylene : An organic gas with the chemical formula C2H4, can be produced by
the reduction of acetylene.

Evaporation : Loss of water in form of vapour

Excretory System : The system in animal body responsible for the release of
harmful products produced as by-products during metabolism

Fermenter : A system within which optimum condition for the growth and
metabolism of microorganism is established artificially

Fertility Status of Soil : It is the nutrient status of the soil. Soil fertility means
the ability or the capacity of the soil to provide the essential plant nutrients in
forms readily available to the plant.

Fertilization : Union of gametes of two opposite sexes

Fertilizer Gap : Difference between the amount of fertilizer applied in field and
the amount that is really absorbed by the crop

Fertilizer Requirement : The quantity of certain plant nutrient elements needed,
in addition to the amount supplied by the soil, to increase plant growth to a
designated optimum.

Fertilizers : Natural or artificial substance containing the chemical elements that
improve the growth and productiveness of plants. Fertilizers enhance the natural
fertility or replace the chemical elements taken from the soil by previous crops.
Modern chemical fertilizers include one or more of the three elements most
important in plant nutrition — N, P, and K.

Flora : The total set of plant community in a given ecosystem

Fossil : Any article that proves the presence of particular living forms in remote
past

Fossil Fuel : The fuel derived from plants and animals of remote past (coal and
petroleum)

Free-living microorganism : The microorganisms that can live freely in environment
without any biological relationship with others

Fungi : Eukaryotic (having true nucleus) microorganism having a plant-like cell
wall but no chlorophyll; capable of spore production, heterotropic

Fungicide : A chemical agent that inhibit or eliminate fungal infection in plants
or seeds.

GA : Gibberellic acid, a plant hormone


7-8                                                              Glossary of Terms
Genital pore — Host specificity



Genital Pore : A pore through which sex cells are released in males

Gibberellins : A group of compounds having promoting effect on plant growth,
especially during germination and differentiation of roots.

Gizzard : A strong muscular organ in digestive canal responsible for the maceration
of ingested food

Gregarious : Living in a flock or company

Green Manure : Some highly nitrogen-containing plants that are cultivated and
mixed with the soil by tilling. The plant nutrients are released after decomposition

Grinding : It is the process of breaking or crushing the soil samples by wooden
mortar, roller, motorized grinder into soil aggregates taking care that primary
sand particles are not crushed.

Growth Promoting Substances : Natural or synthetic substances that promote
the growth and development of plants

Gypsum Requirement : The quantity of gypsum or its equivalent required to
reduce the exchangeable sodium percentage of a given increment of soil to an
acceptable level.

Hard And Sticky Soil : The soil where the particles remain tightly adhered to
give the soil hard nature when dry and sticky nature when wet

Hardpan : A hardened soil layer, in the lower A or in the B-horizon, caused by
cementation of soil particles with organic matter or with materials such as silica,
sesquioxides, or calcium carbonate. The hardness does not change appreciably
with changes in moisture content and pieces of the hard layer do not slake in
water. 'A' horizon is the surface horizon of a mineral soil having maximum organic
matter accumulation, maximum biological activity and / or eluviations of materials
such as iron and aluminium oxides and silicate clays. 'B' horizon is the one
beneath the 'A’ that is characterised by one or more of the following (i) concentration
of silicate clays, iron and aluminium oxides and humus alone or in combination
(ii) a blocky structure and (iii) coatings of iron and aluminium oxides that give
darker, stronger or redder colour.

Heavy Soil : Soil with high proportion of clay

Heterotropic : The living forms that cannot synthesise their own food and depend
upon other autotropic organisms for their food requirement.

Host : An organism that harbours other parasitic or symbiotic organism

Host Specificity : Specificity of pathogenic of symbiotic microorganism to recognise
and infect a suitable host


Glossary of Terms                                                                   7-9
Hyaline— Light soil



 Hyaline : Transparent

 IBA : Indole Butyric Acid — a plant hormone

 Incubation : Keeping any biological system in its optimum condition of operation.

 Incubator : A device where the optimum condition is maintained for the operation
 of a biological system

 Ingestion of Food : Uptake of food in the digestive canal

 Inoculation : Addition of starter culture (inoculum) to the medium or soil to
 initiate the growth

 Inoculum : A little amount of microorganism that is added to the culture media
 or soil to initiate the growth

 Inorganic Phosphate : Inorganic compounds containing phosphate (viz. ammonium
 phosphate, potassium dihydrogen phosphate etc.)

 Intestine : The distal part of the digestive canal

 Invertebrate : An animal having no backbone

 Jensen's Medium : A medium for the culture of Azotobacter, the constituents of
 which was developed by Jensen.

 Laminar Flow Cabinet (LFC) : A device where microbiological operations are done
 in aseptic condition

 Leaf Litter : Leaves lying about

 Leghaemoglobulin : A proteinacious iron compound present in the root nodules
 of leguminous plants

 Lepidoptera : An insect group comprising of insect with two pair of wings, wings
 fold upwards when at rest

 Light Soil : Sandy soil




7-10                                                          Glossary of Terms
Lime (Calcium) Requirement — Microbial Inoculants


Lime (Calcium) Requirement : The amount of agricultural limestone ( a sedimentary
rock composed of over 50% calcium carbonate) required per acre to a soil depth
of 6 inches (15cm) or on about 910,000kg of soil to raise the pH of the soil to
a desired value under field conditions.


Limiting Factor : The critical factor that limits the activity of a system in spite
of abundance of other regulating factors

Lipase : An enzyme that breaks fats into fatty acid and glycerol

Loamy Soil : Soil with equal parts of sand and clay

Log-phase : Rapid growth phase of living forms

Maceration : Softening and grinding of the ingested food

Macronutrient : A chemical element necessary in large amounts (usually 50 ppm
in the plant) for the growth of plants. See also Essential Plant Nutrients.

Management Unit : It is the unit of soil representing a distinct management
practice that the previous crop has received, e.g., if a portion of the previously
cropped land was irrigated and the other portion was not irrigated, the land has
two soil units viz., irrigated and non-irrigated land. Separate soil samples are
to be collected and analysed to represent each distinct soil unit.

Medium, Ashby's : See Ashby's Medium

Medium, Culture : See Culture Medium

Medium, Jensen's : See Jensen's Medium

Medium, P.K. : See P.K. Medium

Medium, Slant : See Slant

Medium, YEM : See YEM Medium

Mineralisation : A process of breakdown of complex biological macromolecules
into simplest chemical forms that are available to the plant

Metabolism : All the biochemical reactions occurring within the living cell

Metabolites : All the intermediate compounds and end products of metabolism
Microbial Inoculants : Liquid or carrier based preparation of living or latent cells
of microorganisms



Glossary of Terms                                                               7-11
Micro-habitat — Nitrogen Fixing Micro-organisms



Micro-habitat : Isolated habitat (a region where an organism dwells) with very
small area where all the environmental conditions suitable for the growth and
activity of the organism is established

Micronutrient : A chemical element necessary in only extremely small amounts
(less than 50 ppm in the plant ) for the growth of the plants. See also Essential
Plant Nutrients.

Microorganism : Living forms that can be identified under microscope, very
minute in size, visible by naked eye when in groups or colony and cannot be
identified

Microorganisms : The living beings that are too small to be identified by naked
eye; can be observed clearly and identified by microscope

Mineralisation : Conversion of complex organic compounds to simple inorganic
forms

Mixing (soil) : The methodical process of mixing soil for lab analysis. This process
is part of a set of techniques to obtain a composite soil sample that represents
the entire plot of land.

Moist Soil : Soil with water near 100% of its water holding capacity

Monotelic : The organism breeding only once in whole life

Mycorrhiza : A symbiotic association between fungus and root system of higher
plants where both are benefited

NAA : Naphthalene Acetic Acid — a plant hormone

Nematode : Soil born, very minute, cylindrical, invertebrate animal

Niche : Position of an organism in relation to habitat, food habit, role in the
ecosystem, etc.

Nitrogen-Fixation : Conversion of atmospheric nitrogen into ammonia

Nitrogenase : The enzyme that catalyses reduction of nitrogen into ammonia in
nitrogen fixing microorganisms

Nitrogen-fixing Microorganisms : The microorganisms that can convert atmospheric
nitrogen into ammonia




7-12                                                          Glossary of Terms
Nocturnal — PK Medium


Nocturnal : An animal that feeds at night

Nodulation Efficiency : Efficiency of rhizobial culture to infect the root of specific
leguminous plant and to develop nodule.

Nodule : Tumorous growth in a part of root of leguminous plant caused by nodule
forming, nitrogen-fixing bacteria — Rhizobium

Non-palatable : Not tasteful and non-desirable

Nutrients : Elements required for the nutrient of an organism

Optimum Condition : The condition most suitable for the operation of a particular
activity

Organic Carbon : The carbon in the form of organic compound

Organic Carbon (%) : The organic carbon that is estimated involves mostly the
partly decomposed organic carbon and rarely the completely decomposed ones.
It excludes 90 to 95% of less active organic matters that are not beneficial for
plant growth (charcoal, graphite).

Organic Humus : Decomposed organic matter in soil

Organic Matter : Materials derived from the dead bodies of living forms

Organic Phosphate : Organic compounds containing phosphate (viz. nucleic acids,
phospholipids etc.)

Organic Waste : Waste material derived from plant or animal source, e.g. straw,
paper, cow dung, fruit and vegetable waste etc.

Ova : Plural of ovum — the female sex cell

Ovary : The female reproductive gland where female sex cells, ova, are produced

Oviduct : A tubular system through which the ovum is transported from ovary
to female pore

Oxygenic Photosynthesis : The photosynthetic process where the hydrogen
required for the reduction of carbon dioxide is derived from water molecule and
oxygen is released as a by-product

P.K. Medium : Pikovskia's medium for the culture of phosphate solubilising
microorganisms




Glossary of Terms                                                                7-13
Partitioning — Photosynthesis


 Partitioning : The process of dividing the thoroughly mixed soil samples into four
 parts (quarters), also called quartering technique. IN this multi-step process,
 the soil sample is divided into 4 equal portions and two portions are selected
 for analysis. The selected portions are mixed and partitioned repeatedly till about
 500g of soil is left.

 Pesticide : Chemical agent that inhibit or eliminate pest manifestation in plants
 or seeds.

 pH : pH is the quantitative measure of acidity or alkalinity of liquid solutions. A
 solution with a pH value less than 7 is considered acidic and a solution with a
 pH more than 7 is considered alkaline. The solution with a pH 7 is considered
 neutral. There are certain important points to be kept in mind while measuring
 soil pH, such as: 1. Soil particles should be kept suspended by stirring just before
 dipping the electrode ( electrode is either of the two points by which an electric
 current enters or leaves a battery or any other electrical device). 2. Drying
 changes the soil pH. In the soil report it is thus essential to mention whether
 the dried or field moist samples were tested. 3. The ratio of soil: water should
 also be mentioned in the report as H ion concentration in soil-water suspension
 decreases with increasing dilution and so the pH increases. 4.Washing the
 electrode with distilled water from a wash bottle, after every pH measurement
 has to be done compulsorily. 5.When not in use, electrodes should be kept
 immersed in distilled water.

 pH Buffer : A substance that has the property to keep the pH constant in spite
 of minute change of the system

 Pharynx : The cavity forming the upper part of the digestive canal

 Phosphate, Insoluble : The forms of phosphate that are not soluble in water and,
 hence, are not available to the plants

 Phosphate Solubilisation : Conversion of insoluble forms of phosphate ( as tri-
 calcium phosphate) into its soluble form ( as mono-calcium phosphate)

 Phosphate Solubilising Microorganisms (psm's) : The microorganisms that convert
 the insoluble forms of phosphate (as tri-calcium phosphate) into soluble form

 Phosphate, Soluble : The forms of phosphate that are soluble in water and hence
 available to the crop plants (e.g. mono-calcium phosphate)

 Photosynthesis : A process by which green plants (including algae) can synthesise
 carbohydrates by reducing carbon dioxide by water and sunlight with the help
 of chlorophyll pigment
 Photosynthesis, Oxygenic : see Oxygenic photosynthesis




7-14                                                           Glossary of Terms
Photosynthesis, Oxygenic — Recycling Process


Physical Environment : Physical factors like pH, temperature, light etc. in a
system

Physical Factors : Light, temperature, humidity etc.

Pigment : Coloured organic compound that gives colour to the living body, as
a whole or in part (e.g. Chlorophyll in plants, Haemoglobin in blood)

Plant Growth Promoting Substances : Natural or synthetic compounds that
promote plant growth

Plant Growth Regulator : The natural or synthetic compounds that regulate plant
growth and development

Plant Hormones : Natural or synthetic compounds that regulates germination,
growth, development and other biological activities in plants, e.g. auxins

Plant Nutrients : Elements required for the growth and development of plant

Plant Pathogen : Microbial agents which infect plants and cause disease

Plates : Solid medium in petridishes

Pollution : A change in the physical, chemical or biological components of the
environment that affect the living forms

Polytelic : Organism breeding several times in whole life

Posterior Region : Distal part of an animal body

Propagules : Modified plant parts (including seeds) that are used as agents of
propagation

Protease : The enzyme that breaks protein

Protozoa : An animal group comprising of unicellular organisms

Recycling : Alteration of different forms of elements in nature in cyclic manner
in relation to time

Recycling of Elements : Sequential alteration of different forms of elements in
nature in a cyclic manner

Recycling Process : A process by which the elements in the nature are converted
in cyclic manner from one form to other in relation to time and space




Glossary of Terms                                                               7-15
Reduction — Slant


 Reduction : A chemical reaction where electron or hydrogen atom is added to
 a molecule.

 Reproductive Potential : Power of an organism to reproduce and hence increase
 in number in relation to time

 Reproductive System : The system in living organism responsible for its propagation

 Residual Effect : The effect of any fertilizer on the next crop

 Resistance : Capability to strive against

 Respiration : A process of breakdown (oxidation) of food substances to release
 energy

 Restoration Of Soil Fertility : A phenomenon in which all the events involving
 increasing soil fertility occur simultaneously in a balanced manner so the soil
 fertility remain constant in relation to time.

 Rhizosphere : Volume of the soil surrounding the root system where the influence
 of the root is governed

 Saline Soil : A non-sodic soil containing sufficient soluble salts to impair its
 productivity but not containing excessive exchangeable sodium. The conductivity
 of the saturation paste extract is greater than 4dS/m.

 Sandy Soil : Soil with high proportion of sand and very little proportion of clay

 Seed Pelleting : Covering of individual seed with some protective and inert
 substances to form small ball-like structure

 Self-Fertilization : Union of male and female sex cells of same organism

 Seminal Vesicle : A vesicular structure in the male reproductive system where
 semen, the fluid containing spermatozoa, is stored

 Semi-natural Condition : A condition where natural condition is established by
 assembling the natural components

 Sewage : Refuse carried-off by roadside drain in domestic region

 Slant : Solid medium in the test tube where the tube is kept in slanting position




7-16                                                           Glossary of Terms
Soil Amendment — Solubilisation


Soil Amendment : Any substance such as lime, sulphur, gypsum, and sawdust,
which is used to alter the properties of a soil, generally to make it more productive.
Strictly speaking, fertilizers are soil amendments, but the term is used most
commonly for materials other than fertilizers.

Soil Fertility : The ability of a soil to supply all the essential nutrients in an
optimum amount and balance and in a form readily available to the plants
concerned

Soil Microorganisms : The group of microorganisms (bacteria, actinomycetes,
fungi, algae etc.), which live in soil

Soil Moisture : Water content of soil

Soil Productivity : The capacity of a soil for producing a specified plant or sequence
of plants under a specified system of management i.e. the capacity of the soil
to produce crops per unit area

Soil Reaction : It is the degree of acidity or alkalinity expressed as pH; it has
tremendous indirect effects on plant growth. Abnormally high or alkaline pH
(above 9) or low pH (below 4) is toxic to plants. Between these extremes, the
effect is usually on the nutrient availability. Soil reaction can be modified. Soils
can be made more alkaline (pH increased) by adding calcium, magnesium,
sodium or potassium. Soils can be made more acid by adding substances that
produce strong acids in the soil like fertilizers containing sulphur, ammonium
sulphate or superphosphate.

Soil Salinity : The amount of soluble salts in a soil, expressed in terms of
percentage, parts per million (ppm), or other convenient ratios.

Soil Strata : Plural of stratum; soil layer

Soil Testing : It is the rapid chemical analysis of a soil to estimate its available
nutrient status, reaction and salinity.

Soil Texture : It describes the size of the soil particles. The texture determines
drainage rate and the total amount of stored water in the soil. On the basis of
soil texture, soils can be clay, loam or sandy. The greater the quantity of smaller
particles (clay), the less the drainage rate and the more water held in storage.
On the other hand sandy soil store little water and have a high drainage rate.
Loam (having 20% or less clay, 30-50% silt and 30-50% sand particles) is the
best for cultivation as it is neither too dry nor too wet.

Solar Energy : Energy derived from sunlight
Solitary : Occurring singly

Solubilisation : Conversion of insoluble compounds into their soluble forms


Glossary of Terms                                                                    7-17
Spermathecial Pore — Tolerant Limit


 Spermathecial Pore : A pore in temporarily female earthworm where spermatozoa
 are released during sexual copulation

 Spermatozoa : The male sex cell

 Sprouted Seeds : Seeds where tender seedlings have been developed at the
 early stage of germination.

 Starter Culture : Little amount of microbial culture that is introduced to the
 sterilised medium to initiate the growth

 Starter Culture : Little amount of culture added to the production system for the
 initiation of growth

 Sterilisation : The process of elimination of any living form from an object

 Sterilisation, Dry : Making of an object free from any living form by means of
 dry heat

 Sterilisation, Moist : Making of an object free from any living form by means of
 moist heat

 Stereoscopic Microscope : A modified version of compound microscope where
 living cells are examined

 Stunted Growth : Growth that has been checked by a disease

 Sustainable Effect : And effect which can be kept up over years

 Symbiosis : An association between two organisms where both are benefited

 Symbiont : Individual partner in symbiosis

 Symbiosis : An association between two organisms where both are benefited

 Symbiotic Bacteria : Bacteria that live in symbiotic association with other organism

 Symbiotic Microorganism : A microorganism that lives in a mutually beneficial
 association with another organism

 Synergistic Interaction : Combined effect of two or more components on the
 same thing or phenomenon

 Testis : The male reproductive gland where spermatozoa, the male sex cells, are
 produced
 Tolerant Limit : Critical point of stress beyond which the organism cannot tolerate
 the stress


7-18                                                           Glossary of Terms
Top Dressing — Volatilisation



Top Dressing : An application of fertilizer to a soil after the crop stand has been
established.

Topography : The physical features of an area of land are called the topography,
e.g., an undulating land is divided into three categories, viz., lowland, medium
land, and highland. Separate soil samples should be taken and tested to represent
each category as their properties would vary.

Toxic : Harmful to living form

Transplant Shock : Temporal loss of vitality of seedlings when they are transplanted
from the nursery bed to the field

Unfavourable : Not suitable

Unfavourable Environmental Condition : The physical, chemical and biological
status of the environment that is not suitable for the growth, development or
other biological activity of an organism.

Utilisation Efficiency of Chemical Fertilizers : Capability of soil condition to use
the applied chemical fertilizer for crop growth and productivity

Vas Deferens : The tubular system through which semen are transported from
seminal vesicle to genital pore

Vesicular Arbuscular Mycorrhyzae (VAM) : A symbiotic association between fungi
and root system of higher plants where special structures, vesicles and arbuscles,
are developed by the fungi within the root
Ventral Side : The front side

Versatile : Turning freely from one place to another

Vesicle and Arbuscle : Structures developed by the fungi within the vascular
system of root in Vesicular Arbuscular Mycorrhyza (VAM)

Vestigial Organ : Underdeveloped and non-functional organ, which is well
developed and functional in individuals of other groups

Viable Cells : Microbial cells that retain the property to divide and show all the
microbial activities.

Volatilisation : Very quick evaporation

Water-Holding Capacity : Capacity of a substance to retain water content against
gravitational force



Glossary of Terms                                                               7-19
YEM Medium — Notes


 YEM Medium : Yeast-Extract Mannitol medium for culture of Rhizobium

 NOTES - You can add words to the glossary here. You could also use the Glossary
 programme on the CD-ROM to modify this glossary or create your own glossary.




7-20                                                       Glossary of Terms
Bibliography




Root nodules on a clover plant   8-1
Bibliography


The following online sources were consulted while writing this manual

Online museums on microbiology -

http://www.bacteriamuseum.org
http://www.microbe.org
http://www.ucmp.berkeley.edu

The Tree of Life Web project

http://www.tolweb.org

University and college (*.edu) sites

http://commtechlab.mse.edu
http://www.cme.msu.edu/sites/dlc-me
http://helios.bto.ed.ac.uk/bto/
http://soils1.cses.vt.edu/
http://hcs.osu.edu/hcs200/Intro.html
http://web.reed.edu/academic/departments/biology/nitrogen/
http://www.lifesci.ucla.edu/mcdbio/html/ri4.htm
http://www.ma.psu.edu/~lkh1/iss/
http://www.wsu.edu:8080/~hurlbert/pages/101hmpg.html
http://www.ulst.ac.uk/faculty/science/bms/
http://webcd.usal.es/web/psm/abstracts/Mariano.htm
http://www.asahi-net.or.jp/~it6i-wtnb/azolla~E.html
http://www.safs.bangor.ac.uk/dj/lectures/nit-fix/lecture2.html


Indiana Bioloab

http://www.disknet.com/indiana-biolab

Misc. Sources, Research organisations etc.

http://www.socgenmicrobiol.org.uk
http://www.asmusa.org
http://www.sanger.ac.uk/Projects/Microbes
http://www.erin.utoronto.ca/~w3msa
http://www.indiaagronet.com
http://fukuokafarmingol.net
http://www.microbiologyonline.org.uk

More information on the Internet may be found by running a search

http://www.google.com
http://www.dmoz.org



8-2
Bibliography


Copyright information for photographs sourced online -

Electron micrograph - Azotobacter (c) 1995, Stu Pankratz

Electron micrograph - Rhizobia on a clover root hair tip - (c) 1995, Frank Dazzo

Books


The article on Rhizobium has been reproduced with almost no changes from
“Rhizobium, Root Nodules and Nitrogen Fixation”- Society for General Microbiology,
January 2002, Edited by Janet Hurst.


Basak,R.K. 2000, Fertilizers. Kalyani Publishers Ludhiana, New Delhi.

Basak, R.K. 2000, Soil Testing and Fertiliser Recommendation, Kalyani Publishers.
New Delhi.

Bear, P.E. 1953, Soil and Fertilizers .4th ed. John Wiley and Son, Inc. NewYork.
Black.C.A. 1965, Method of Soil Analysis, Part-2 Am. Soc. Agron. Inc. Madison,
Wisconsin, USA.

Chopra, S.L. and Kanwar, J.S. 1982, Analytical Agricultaral Chemistry. Kalyani
Publishers, New Delhi.

Guzhov, Yu, 1989, Genetics and Plant breeding for Agriculture, Mir Publishers,
Moscow.

Graham, P.H, Harris S.C., (Eds) Biological nitrogen fixation technology for tropical
agriculture

Hesse, P.R. 1994, A Textbook of Soil Chemical Analysis CBS Publishers and
Distributors, Delhi

Jackson, M.L. 1973, Soil Chemical Analysis, Pentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd. New
Delhi.

Kale, R. D. 1998, Earthworm — Cinderella of Organic Farming, Prism Books Pvt.
Ltd., Calcutta.

Metson, A.J. 1956, Methods of Chemical Analysis for Soil Samples. New Zealand
Dept. Sci. and Ind, Res. R.E. Owen . Govt. Printer, Wellington, New Zealand.

Motsara, M.R., Bhattyacharya, P. and Srivastava, B. 1995. Biofertilizer-Technology,
Marketing and Usases. Fertilizer Development and Consultation Organisation,
New Delhi.



                                                                                 8-3
Bibliography


Natesh, S., Chopra V.L., Ramchandran S., 1987, Biotechnology in Agriculture,
Oxford Publishers / IBH .

Piper,C.S. 1942, Soil and Plant Analysis: a laboratory manual of methods for the
examination of soil and the determination of the inorganic constituents of plants.
Univ. of Adelaide, Australia.

Peech, M., L.T. Alexander, L.A. Dean and J.F. Reed 1974, Methods of Soil Analysis
for soil fertility investigations U.S.Dept. Agro. Cir. 757. 25P.

Tandon, HLS 1993, Method of Analysis of Soils, Plants, Water and Fertlizers.
Fertilizer Development and Consultation Organization, NewDelhi.110048 ( India)

Yagodin, B.A. (Ed.) 1984, Agricultural Chemistry, Mir Publishers, Moscow.




8-4
Tables




Seedlings being prepared at the VIB nursery   9-1
USING THE TABLES
                             N     P2O5     K2O




1) Rice               H      30      20     20      Basal-Full P and K
 Prekharif                                          Topdressing of N
 Duration             M      40      20     20      1/2 after 1st weeding
 (100 days)
 Direct Seeded                                      (15-20 DAS)
 Aus,HYV,Heera        L      60      30     30      1/2 at 30-35 DAS
 Aditya,
 Prasanta,
 Kalyani-2,
 Khanika




USING THE TABLES - Sample Table 1

This table type shows recommendation of N, P2O5 and K2O on the basis
of soil test results.

H, M and L refer to High, Medium and Low results from the lab.

The blue background line shows Nitrogen recommendations, the orange -
Phosphate and the green backgound line shows Potash recommendation.

Time of application and other remarks are noted is mentioned in the last column.

The crops for which recommendations are available on that page are shown in
green at the top left or right of the page.

The tabulated values are in kg per hectare.

For example, say, a farmer wishes to grow HYV rice on his field (which is 2
hectares in area) in the pre-kharif season. The soil tests indicate that his field
is low in N, Medium in P and Low in K.

The recommendation (highlighted in red in the sample table) would be
(60 x 2 = 120)kg/ha of N, (20 x 2= 40)kg/ha of P2O5 and (30 x 2=60)kg/ha
of K2O.




9-2                                              RECOMMENDATION TABLES etc.
USING THE TABLES
                      HIGH                   MEDIUM                 LOW
                N     P2O5     K2O     N      P2O5    K2O      N    P2O5     K2O


 I. Hill Zone
 A.Higher elevation (above 1500 m)

 Rainfed

 Potato         100    75      75      125     100    100     150    100     100
 Cabbage        100    50      50      120     50     50      150    60      60
 Fallow
 Ginger         120    60      60      120     60     60      120    60      60
 Fallow

 Irrigated

 Potato         100    75      75      125     100    100     150    100     100
 Cabbage        100    50      50      120     50     50      150    60      60
 Vegetables     80     40      40      100     50     50      120    60      60

 USING THE TABLES - Sample Table 2

 This table type is more comprehensive than the previous one. It shows
 recommendation of N, P2O5 and K2O on the basis of both agroclimatic
 factors in West Bengal and soil test results.

 The blue background lines shows Nitrogen recommendations, the orange -
 Phosphate and the green backgound lines shows Potash recommendation.

 The agroclimatic region for which recommendations are available on that page
 are shown in green at the top left or right of the page and also in bold large
 type at the beginning of each section.

 The tabulated values are in kg per hectare.

 For example, say, a farmer wishes to grow cabbages on his irrigated field (which
 is 1 hectare in area) in the pre-kharif season. His farm is located in a hilly region
 of Bengal. The soil tests indicate that his field is low in N, Medium in P and Low
 in K.

 The recommendation (highlighted in red) would be 150kg of N, 50kg of P2O5
 and 60kg of K2O.

 Further, the crops are listed in recommended cropping sequences. Each
 season is marked by a yellow square The recommended crops for that season
 are listed beside and below it. The seasons are in the order Summer/Kharif/Pre-
 Kharif and Rabi.

 Thus, a valid sequence for the farmer (with a rainfed plot) would be, say, cabbage
 in the first season and ginger in the next — but he may not grow potatoes and
 cabbages because they are listed as alternatives for the same season.
RECOMMENDATION TABLES etc.                                                         9-3
RICE           FERTILIZER RECOMMENDATION USING SOIL TEST RESULTS
                          N    P2O5   K2O


 1) Rice             H    30    20    20      Basal-Full P and K
  Prekharif                                   Topdressing of N
  Duration           M    40    20    20      1/2 after 1st weeding
  (100 days)
  Direct Seeded                               (15-20 DAS)
  Aus,HYV,Heera      L    60    30    30      1/2 at 30-35 DAS
  Aditya,
  Prasanta,
  Kalyani-2,
  Khanika

 2) Rice             H    30    20    20      Basal-1/4 N, full P and K
  Prekharif                                   Topdressing of N
  Duration           M    50    25    25      1/2 at 15 DAT
  (100-115days)
  Transplanted
  Aus,HYV,Rasi,      L    60    30    30      1/4 at 30-35 DAT
  Tulsi
  IET-2333,
  Annada

 3) Rice              H   20    20    20      Basal-1/2 full P and K
  Kharif,                                     Topdressing of N
  Transplanted,
  Traditional         M   40    20    20      1/2 at P.I. Stage
  and improved                                In case topdressing of N is not
  Rupsail, Roghusail,                         possible due to stagnation of
  Bhasamanlk,                                 the entire quantity of N upto
  Patnai-23                                   30 kg/ ha should be applied
  SR-26B,Nagra        L   50    25    25      as basal.
  Tilakkachari,
  water depth
  upto 50 cm.

 4) Rice             H    40    20    20      Basal-1/4 N,full P and K
  Kharif,short                                Topdressing of N
  duration
  (115-125days)      M    50    25    25      1/2 at 15 DAT
  HYV,IR-64,
  IR-36,
  Ratna,Khitish
  Vikash             L    60    30    30      1/4 at 30-35 DAT
  IET-4786,Later

 5) Rice             H    50    25    25      Basal-1/4 N,full P and K
  Kharif,Medium                               Topdressing of N
  duration
  (125-135days)      M    60    30    30      1/2 at 15 DAT
  HYV,Jaya,Ajaya


9-4                                        RECOMMENDATION TABLES etc.
RICE
                          N     P2O5    K2O


  Kunti,
  Shasyasree,
  Vikarmacharya,
  Prakash,
  Pratap           L      80      40    40    1/4 at 40-45 DAT
  IR-20

 6) Rice
  Kharif,Medium
  duration
  (140-150days)
  (a)Water depth   H      50      25    25    Basal-1/4 N,full P and K
  (15-30cm.)                                  Topdressing of N
  HYV IR-42,                                  1/2 at 21 DAT
  Shalibahan
  Pankaj           M      60      30    30    1/4 at 55-60 DAT
  Swarnadhan,
  Mansarobar,
  Swarna,
  Bipasha,
  Sabitri,
  Gayitri          L      80      40    40
  (b)Water depth   H      50      25    25    Basal-1/4 N,full P and K
  (30-50cm.)                                  Topdressing of N
  Suresh,Biraj
  Jogen            M      60      30    30    1/2 at tillering
  Tulashi,
  Rajashree        L      80      40    40    1/4 at P.I
  (c)Water depth   H      20      20    20    Basal-1/4 N,full P and K
  (50-100cm.)                                 Topdressing of N
  Sabita,Nalini    M      40      20    20    1/2 at tillring, 1/4 at P.I.
  Amulya,                                     if split application of N is not
  Matangini                                   possible due to stagnation of
  Purendu,                                    water, entire fertiliser upto the
  Jitenda          L      50      25    25    level of 30 kg/ha along with
                                              full P and K need be applied
                                              as basal.
  (d)Water depth   Fertiliser dose as
  (above 100cm)    above
  Dinesh,
  Prunendu,
  Jitendra

 7) Rice           H      80      40    40    Basal-1/4 N,full P and K
  Boro,HYV,Tulsi                              Topdressing of N
  IR-64,Khitish    M      100     50    50    1/2 at tillering
  IR-36,                                      1/4 at P.I
  Shasyasree,
  IET-4786         L      120     60    60


RECOMMENDATION TABLES etc.                                                  9-5
WHEAT, POTATO,
SUGARCANE and JUTE
                       N     P2O5   K2O




 8) Wheat
  HYV
  Earlysown
  irrigated        H   80    40     40      Basal-1/4 N,full P and K
  K-9107,HP-1731                            Topdressing of N
  Late sown                                 1/4 at 21 DAS
  HD-2643,
  HP-1633          M   100   50     50      1/4 at 40-50 DAS
  Sonalika
  Normal sown
  HUM-468,
  UP-262,          L   120   60     60
  Sonalika

 9) Potato         H   150   100    100     Basal-3/4 N, full P and K
  K.Jyoti,         M   200   125    125     Topdressing of N
  K.Chandramukhi                            1/4 At 1st earthing up
  K.Badsha         L   250   150    150

 10) Sugarcane     H   100   50     50      Basal-1/3 N,full P and K
  Early upland                              Topdressing of N
  Co J-64
  Co 7218                                   1/3 at 40-45 DAP
  Co 87263,
  Co S-687         M   150   75     75      1/3    at 80-90 DAP
  Medium
  duration
  Bo-91,
  Co 62033
  CoS-776          L   200   100    100

 11) Jute          H   30    20     30      Basal-full P and K
                                            Topdressing of N
  a)Olitorius      M   40    20     40      1/2 after 1st weeding
  JRO-632,                                  (15 DAS)
  JRO-524
  JRO-7835,
  JRO-878          L   50    25     50      1/2 after 35-42 DAS
  b)Capsularies    H   40    20     20      Basal-full P and K
  JRC-7447         M   50    25     25      Topdressing of N
                                            1/2 after 1st weeding
  JRC-212          L   60    30     30      (15 DAS)
                                            1/2 at 30-42 DAS




9-6                                      RECOMMENDATION TABLES etc.
OIL SEEDS
                         N     P2O5   K2O




 12) Oilseeds        H   60    30     30    Basal-1/4 N,full P and K
  Sarsan and                                Topdressing of N
  Toria                                     1/2 at 30-35 DAS
  a)Irrigated        M   80    40     40    Basal-full NPK
  Benoy,Subinoy      L   100   50     50
  b)Unirrigated      H   30    20     20
  Benoy,Subinoy      M   40    20     20    In case of rains,20 kg N
                     L   50    30     30    as topdressing
 13) Oil seeds Raj
  a)Irrigated        H   80    40     40    Basal-1/2 N,full P and K
  Sita,Sarama,       M   100   50     50    Topdressing of N
  Bhagirathi         L   120   60     60    1/2 at 40-45 DAS
  b)Unirrigated
  Sita,Sanjukta          40    20     20    Basal-full NPK
  Asech

 14) Oil seeds
  Til
  a)Irrigated

  Tilottama              50    25     25    Basal-1/2 N,full P and K
  Rama                                      Topdressing of N
                         80    40     40    1/2 at Flower initiation
  b)Unirrigated          25    25     25    Basal-Full NPK for oilseed
   Tilottama                                crops, SSP may be chosen as
   Rama                                     phosphate sources to meet
                                            the requirement of S alongwith
                                            P. In case of other sources of
                                            P, calcium sulphate should be
                                            applied.
 15) Oil seeds
  Linseed
  a) Irrigated           40    20     20    Basal-2/3 N,full P and K
  Garima,Neela                              Topdressing of N
  Mukta                                     1/3 at 30 DAS
  b)Unirrigated          20    20     20    Basal-full NPK
  Neela

 16) Oil Seeds
  Groundnut
  a)Rainfed,
  Kharif
  AK 12-24,
  JL-24                  20    30     45    Basal-full NPK
  ICGS-44,
  Somnath,
  ICGS-II,



RECOMMENDATION TABLES etc.                                             9-7
OIL SEEDS and PULSES
                     N    P2O5   K2O




  Girnar-I
  b)Irrigated    H   20    40    60      Basal-full NPK
  Rabi Summer    M   20    60    60      SSP is preferred as phosphate
  Som nath                               sources as SSP contains S and
  Girnar-1       L   20    60    60      P. For further requirement of
                                         S,application of 200-250 kg
                                         gypsum/ha may be applied
                                         before pegging. Liming should
                                         be done in low pH soils for
                                         correction of acidity and supply
                                         of Ca.

 17) Oil Seeds   H   30    30    30      Basal-1/2 N,full P and K
  Sunflower      M   40    40    40      Topdressing of N
  Modern         L   60    40    40      1/2 at 30 DAS

 18) Pulses
  Pea,Dhusar,
  GF-68              20    40    20      Basal-full NPK
  Garden pea
  Bonavilla
  Arkel

 19) Pulses
  Arhar              20    50    20      Basal-full NPK
  TAT-10
  (120-125
  days)                                  Liming must be done in acid
  Sweta, Chuni                           soil having pH below 5.5.
  (180 days)
  Rahi                                   Seed treatment with
  (160 days)                             Rhizobium culture is
                                         recommended.

 20) Pulses
  Gram               20    50    20      Basal-full NPK
  Mahamaya-1                             Seed treatment with
  Mahamaya-2                             Rhizobium culture and
  Anuradha                               liming in acid soil are
                                         necessary.
 21) Pulses
  Kalai              20    40    20      Basal-full NPK
  Kalindi                                Seed treatment with
  Goutam                                 Rhizobium culture and
  Sarada                                 liming in acid soil are
                                         necessary.




9-8                                   RECOMMENDATION TABLES etc.
PULSES and MAIZE
                       N     P2O5   K2O




 22) Pulses
  Mug                  20     40    20    Basal-full NPK
  Sonali,                                 Seed treatment with
  Panna,                                  Rhizobium culture and
  Pusa,                                   liming in acid soil are
  Baisakhi                                necessary.
  K-850

 23) Pulses
  Lentil               20     50    20    Basal-full NPK
  Asha,Subrata,                           Seed treatment with
  Ranjan                                  Rhizobium culture and liming
                                          in acid soil are necessary.
 24) Pulses
  Khesari              1 or 2 DAP Spray (2%)
  Nirmal,
  BIOL

 25) Pulses
  Soyabean         H   20     30    20    Basal-full NPK
  JS-2,Pusa-16     M   30     60    40    SSP is preferred as phosphate
  Soyamax          L   40     60    40    sources

 26) Maize

  a) Kharif
  Hybrid &
  Composite        H   40     20    20    Basal-1/2 N,full P and K
  Kishan
  Composite        M   60     30    30    Topdressing of N
  Azad Uttam                              1/4 at 30 DAS
  Composite
  Megha            L   80     40    40    1/4 at tasselling
  b) Rabi
  Early-Diara
  Arun             H   60     30    30    Basal-1/2 N,full P and K
  Tarun,Probha     M   90     45    45    Topdressing of N Medium-
  Agoti-76                                1/4 at 30 DAS
  Late-Vijay,
  Ganga            L   120    60    60    1/4 at tasselling
  Safed-2,Kishan
  Composite
  Vikram,
  Deccan-101




RECOMMENDATION TABLES etc.                                           9-9
VEGETABLES
                       N     P2O5   K2O




 27) Vegetables    H   60    40     40      Basal-1/2 N,full P and K
                                            Topdressing of N
  Summer Bhindi    M   80    50     50      1/4 at 21 DAS
  Parvani
  Krani            L   100   60     60      1/4 at 35 DAS
  Pusa Sawani

 28) Vegetable     H   80    40     40      Basal-1/2 N,full P and K
                                            Topdressing of N
  a) Summer
  Brinjal          M   100   50     50      1/4 at 21 DAS
  Rajpur
  Selection        L   120   60     60      1/4 at 42 DAS
  b) Hybrid
  Brinjal              180   100    100
                   H   100   60     60      Basal-1/2 N,full P and K
                                            Topdressing of N
 29) Vegetable     M   120   75     75      K Topdressing of N
  Arum             L   150   80     80      1/4 at 21 DAS
                                            1/4 at 42 DAS

 30) Vegetable     H   30    20     20      Basal-1/2 N,full P and K
  Summer                                    Topdressing of N
  Bottle gourd,    M   40    20     20      1/4 at 21-28 DAS
  Sweet gourd,
  Bitter gourd
  Pumpkim,
  Cucumber         L   60    30     30

 31) Vegetable     H   90    60     40      Basal-1/2 N,full P and K
  Summer           M   100   60     50      Topdressing of N
  Pointed gourd    L   120   60     50      1/4 at 21 DAP
                                            1/4 at 42 DAP

 32) Vegetable     H   80    40     40      Basal-1/2 N,full P and K
  Winter Brinjal   M   80    40     40      Topdressing of N
                   L   100   50     50      1/4 at 21 DAT
                                            1/4 at 42 DAT


 33) Vegetable     H   120   60     60      Basal-1/2 N,full P and K
  Winter Cabbage   M   150   60     80      Topdressing of N
                   L   200   60     90      1/4 at 21 DAT
                                            1/4 at 42 DAT




9-10                                     RECOMMENDATION TABLES etc.
VEGETABLES
                        N     P2O5   K2O




 34) Vegetable    H     100   50     50    Basal-1/2 N,full P and K
  Winter
  Cauliflower     M     120   60     80    Topdressing of N
                  L     150   80     80    1/4 at 15 DAT
                                           1/4 at 35 DAT

 35) Vegetable    H     100   60     80    Basal-1/2 N,full P and K
  Winter Onion                             Topdressing of N
  Sukh Sagar      M     125   100    100   1/2 at 30 DAT
  Pusa Ratna                               SSP is preferred as source of
  Pusa Red        L     140   100    100   phosphate as SSP contains S
  Red Globe                                besides P and Onion
  Patnai White                             requires Sulphur.

 36) Vegetable    H     60    40     40    Basal-1/2 N,full P and K
  Winter Beet                              Topdressing of N
  Carrot          M     75    50     50    1/4 at 21 DAS
                                           1/4 at 42A DAS
  Turnip                                   For Garlic, SSP is preferred
  Garlic          L     100   60     60    as source of P as Garlic needs
                                           S and SSP contains S besides
                                           P.

 37) Vegetable    H     80    40     40    Basal-1/2 N,full P and K
  Winter Tomato   M     100   50     50    Topdressing of N
                  L     120   60     60    1/4 at 21 DAT
                                           1/4 at 42 DAT
 38) Vegetable          180   90     90    Basal-1/2 N,full P and K
  Hybrid Tomato                            Topdressing of N
                                           1/4 at 21 DAT
                                           1/4 at 42 DAT
 39) Vegetable    H     40    60     80    Basal-1/2 N,full P and K
  Radish          M     50    60     60    Topdressing of N
                  L     50    60     60    1/4 at 21 DAT
                                           1/4 at 42 DAT

 40) Vegetable    H     80    60     80    Basal-1/2 N,full P and K
  Knolkhol        M     80    80     80    Topdressing of N
                  L     80    80     80    1/2 at 21 DAT

 41) Vegetable    H     80    50     60    Basal-1/2 N,full P and K
  Chilli          M     80    50     60    Topdressing of N
                  L     100   60     80    1/4 at 30 DAT
                                           1/4 at 60 DAT
 42)Vegetable     H     150   80     100   Basal-1/2 N,full P and K
  Elephant’s
  foot            M     175   100    120    Topdressing of N
  (Kavur)     L   200   120   140    1/2 at 90 DAS


RECOMMENDATION TABLES etc.                                            9-11
VEGETABLES
                      N     P2O5   K2O




 43) Vegetable    H   100   75     75      Basal-1/2 N,full P and K
  Winter Tomato   M   100   75     75      Topdressing of N
                  L   120   75     75      1/4 at 21 DAT
                                           1/4 at 42 DAT


 44) Vegetable    H   50    60     50      Basal-3/4 N,full P and K
  Frenchbean      M   50    60     75      Topdressing of N
  Clusterbean     L   60    80     90      1/4 at flower initiation stage
  Pea

 45) Vegetable    H   60    50     50      Basal-1/2 N,full P and K
  Water melon     M   80    50     50      Topdressing of N
  Sugar Baby,     L   100   60     60      1/4 at 21 DAS
  Adhary                                   1/4 at 42 DAS
  Ashahi Yamao

 46) Vegetable        80    40     40      Basal-1/2 N,full P and K
  Kakrol                                   Topdressing of N
                                           1/2 at 30 DAP

 47) Vegetable        50    50     50      Basal-1/2 N,full P and K
  Palak                                    Topdressing of N
                                           1/2 at 21 DAS
                                           1/2 at 42 DAS

 48) Vegetable        75    50     100     Basal-1/2 N,full P and K
  Sweet,                                   Topdressing of N
  Trumeric                                 1/2 at 30 DAS

 49) Vegetable        120   60     60      Basal-1/2 N,full P and K
  Ginger,                                  Topdressing of N
  Turmeric                                 1/4 at 21 DAS
                                           1/4 at 42 DAS

 50) Vegetable        90    50     90      Basal-1/2 N,full P and K
  Katwa Danta                              Topdressing of N
  Puin                                     1/4 at 21 DAS
                                           1/4 at 42 DAS




9-12                                    RECOMMENDATION TABLES etc.
WEST BENGAL SPECIFIC RECOMMENDATIONS                         HILL ZONE
                    HIGH               MEDIUM               LOW
              N     P2O5   K2O   N      P2O5    K2O   N     P2O5   K2O

 I. Hill Zone
 A.Higher elevation (above 1500 m)

 Rainfed

 Potato       100    75    75    125     100    100   150   100    100
 Cabbage      100    50    50    120     50     50    150   60     60
 Fallow
 Ginger       120    60    60    120     60     60    120   60     60
 Fallow

 Irrigated

 Potato       100    75    75    125     100    100   150   100    100
 Cabbage      100    50    50    120     50     50    150   60     60
 Vegetables   80     40    40    100     50     50    120   60     60


 B.Lower elevation (above 1500 m)

 Rainfed

 Maize        40     20    20    50      25     25    60    30     30
 Rice         50     25    25    60      30     30    80    40     40
 Mustard      60     30    30    60      30     30    60    30     30
 Soyabean     20     30    20    20      60     40    20    60     40
 Vegatables   80     40    40    100     50     50    120   60     60
 Ragi         40     20    20    50      25     25    50    25     25
 Rice         50     25    25    60      30     30    80    40     40
 Vegetables   80     40    40    100     50     50    120   60     60
 Ginger       120    60    60    120     60     60    120   60     60
 Fallow

 Irrigated

 Maize        30     20    20    50      25     25    60    30     30
 Rice         50     25    25    60      30     30    80    40     40
 Potato       100    75    75    125     100    100   150   100    100
 Maize        40     20    20    60      30     30    80    40     40
 Rice         50     25    25    60      30     30    80    40     40
 Vegetables   80     40    40    100     50     50    120   60     60
 Vegetables   80     40    40    100     50     50    120   60     60
 Rice         40     20    20    50      25     25    60    30     30
 Potato       100    75    75    125     100    100   150   100    100




RECOMMENDATION TABLES etc.                                               9-13
TERAI ZONE
                     HIGH               MEDIUM                LOW
               N     P2O5   K2O   N      P2O5     K2O   N     P2O5   K2O
 II.Terai Zone
 A.Upland

 Rainfed

 Jute          30     20    20    40      20      30    50    25     40
 Vegetables    80     40    40    100     50      50    120   60     60
 Jute          30     20    30    40      20      40    50    25     50
 Niger/Toria   30     20    20    40      20      20    50    30     30
 Rice          30     20    20    40      20      20    50    25     25
 Vegetables    80     40    40    100     50      50    120   60     60
 Rice          30     20    20    40      20      20    60    30     30
 Pulses        20     40    20    20      40      20    20    40     20

 Irrigated

 Jute          30     20    20    40      20      20    50    25     25
 Rice          30     20    20    40      20      20    60    30     30
 Vegetables    100    50    50    120     60      60    150   80     80
 Jute          30     20    20    40      20      20    50    25     25
 Rice          30     20    20    40      20      20    60    30     30
 Potato        100    75    75    125     100     100   150   100    100
 Rice          30     20    20    40      20      20    50    25     25
 Rice          30     20    20    40      20      20    60    30     30
 Potato        100    75    75    125     100     100   150   100    100
 Rice          30     20    20    30      20      20    30    20     20
 Vegetables    100    50    50    120     60      60    150   80     80
 Vegetables    100    50    50    120     60      60    150   80     80

 B.Medium Land

 Rainfed

 Jute          30     20    30    40      20      40    50    25     50
 Rice          30     20    20    40      20      20    60    30     30
 Rice          30     20    20    40      20      20    60    30     30
 Wheat         60     30    30    70      35      35    80    40     40
 Jute          30     20    20    40      20      40    50    25     50
 Wheat         60     30    30    70      35      35    80    40     40
 Rice          30     20    20    40      20      20    50    25     25
 Vegetables    80     40    40    100     50      50    120   60     60

 Irrigated

 Jute          30     20    20    40      20      20    50    25     25
 Rice          30     20    20    40      20      20    60    30     30
 Potato        100    75    75    125     100     100   150   100    100
 Jute          30     20    20    40      20      20    50    25     25
 Rice          30     20    20    40      20      20    60    30     30
 Vegetables    100    50    50    120     60      60    150   80     80
9-14                                           RECOMMENDATION TABLES etc.
TERAI ZONE and GANGETIC ZONE
                      HIGH               MEDIUM               LOW
                N     P2O5   K2O   N      P2O5    K2O   N     P2O5   K2O

 Vegetables     100    50    50    120     60     60    150   80     80
 Rice           30     20    20    40      20     20    50    25     25
 Wheat          80     40    40    100     50     50    120   60     60
 Jute           30     20    30    40      20     40    50    25     25
 Rice           30     20    20    40      20     20    60    30     30
 Tobacco        40     20    40    50      25     50    60    30     60

 C.Low Land

 Rainfed

 Jute           30     20   30     40      20   40      50    25   50
 Rice           30     20   20     40      20   20      60    30   30
 Pulse                 2% DAP              2% DAP             2% DAP
 Rice           30     20   20     40      20   20      60    30   30
 Rice           30     20   20     40      20   20      60    30   30
 Pulse                 2% DAP              2% DAP             2% DAP

 Irrigated

 Jute           30     20    20    40      20     20    50    25     25
 Rice           30     20    20    40      20     20    60    30     30
 Vegetables     80     40    40    80      40     40    100   50     50
 Rice           30     20    20    40      20     20    50    25     25
 Rice           30     20    20    40      20     20    60    30     30
 Vegetables     80     40    40    80      40     40    100   50     50
 GM             0      25    0     0       25     0     0     25     0
 Rice           30     0     20    40      0      20    60    0      30
 Rice           80     40    40    100     50     50    120   60     60


 III. Gangetic        (New Alluvial Zone)


 A.Upland

 Rainfed

 Jute           30     20    30    40      20     30    50    25     40
 Pulse(Kalai)   20     40    20    20      40     20    20    40     20
 Jute           30     20    30    40      20     30    50    25     40
 Mustard        30     20    20    40      20     30    50    30     30
 Rice           30     20    20    40      20     20    50    25     25
 Pulse(Kalai)   20     40    20    20      40     20    20    40     20
 Rice           30     20    20    40      20     20    50    25     25
 Mustard        30     20    20    40      20     30    50    30     30




RECOMMENDATION TABLES etc.                                                 9-15
GANGETIC ZONE
                     HIGH               MEDIUM                LOW
               N     P2O5   K2O   N      P2O5     K2O   N     P2O5   K2O
 Irrigated

 Jute          30     0     20    40      0       20    50    20     25
 Rice          30     20    20    40      20      20    50    25     25
 Potato        150    100   100   200     125     125   250   150    150
 Jute          30     20    20    40      20      40    50    25     50
 Rice          30     20    20    40      20      20    50    25     25
 Wheat         80     40    40    100     50      50    120   60     60
 Rice          30     20    20    40      20      20    50    25     25
 Rice          30     20    20    40      20      20    60    30     30
 Vegetables    100    50    50    120     60      60    150   80     80
 Vegetables    80     40    40    100     50      50    120   60     60
 Rice          30     0     20    40      0       20    50    20     25
 Vegetables    100    50    50    120     60      60    150   80     80
 Sesame
 Rice          30     20    20    40      20      20    50    25     25
 Potato        150    100   100   200     125     125   250   150    150
 Rice          30     20    20    40      20      20    50    25     25
 Mustard       80     40    40    100     50      50    110   60     60
 Vegetables    100    50    50    120     60      60    150   80     80

 B.Medium Land

 Rainfed

 Jute          30     20    30    40      20      40    50    25     50
 Rice          30     20    20    40      20      20    60    30     30
 Rice          30     20    20    40      20      20    50    25     25
 Rice          30     20    20    40      20      20    50    25     25
 Jute          30     20    20    40      20      20    50    25     50
 Rai,Mustard   30     20    20    40      20      20    50    30     30
 Rice          30     20    20    40      20      20    50    25     25
 Pulses        20     40    20    20      40      20    20    40     20

 Irrigated

 Jute          30     20    30    40      20      40    50    25     50
 Rice          30     20    20    40      20      20    60    30     30
 Potato        150    100   100   200     125     125   250   150    150
 Jute          30     20    30    40      20      40    50    25     50
 Rice          30     20    20    40      20      20    60    30     30
 Wheat         80     40    40    100     50      50    120   60     60
 Sesame
 Rice          30     20    20    40      20      20    60    30     30
 Potato        150    100   100   200     125     125   250   150    150
 Rice          30     20    20    40      20      20    60    30     30
 Rice          30     20    20    40      20      20    60    30     30
 Vegetables    100    50    50    120     60      60    150   80     80
 Rice          30     20    20    40      20      20    60    30     30
 Mustard       60     30    30    80      40      40    100   50     50
 Vegetables    100    50    50    120     60      60    150   80     80

9-16                                           RECOMMENDATION TABLES etc.
GANGETIC and VINDHYA ALLUVIAL ZONE
                    HIGH              MEDIUM               LOW
              N     P2O5   K2O   N     P2O5    K2O   N     P2O5   K2O


 C.Low Land

 Rainfed

 Jute         30     20   30     40     20   40      50     25   50
 Rice         30     20   20     40     20   20      60     30   30
 Pulse               2% DAP             2% DAP              2% DAP
 (Poyra)
 G.M.         0      25   0      0      25   0       0      25   0
 Rice         30     0    20     40     0    20      60     0    30
 Pulse               2% DAP             2% DAP              2% DAP
 (Poyra)
 Jute         30     20    30    40     20     40    50     25    50
 Rice         30     20    20    40     20     20    60     30    30
 Oilseed      20     20    20    20     20     20    20     20    20
 (Linseed
 Poyra)

 Irrigated

 G.M.         0      25    0     0      25     0     0      25    0
 Rice         30     0     20    40     0      20    60     0     30
 Rice         80     40    40    100    50     50    120    60    60
 Sesame       50     25    25    50     25     25    50     25    25
 Rice         30     20    20    40     20     20    60     30    30

 IV. Old (Vindhya Alluvial Zone)
 A. Upland

 Rainfed

 Rice         30     20    20    40     20     20    50     25    25
 Mustard,     30     20    20    40     20     20    50     30    30
 Toria
 Jute         30     20    30    40     20     30    50     25    40
 Mustard      30     20    20    40     20     20    50     30    30
 Jute         30     20    30    40     20     30    50     25    40
 Pulse        20     40    20    20     40     20    20     40    20
 Rice         30     20    20    40     20     20    50     25    25
 Pulse        20     40    20    20     40     20    20     40    20
 (Kalai)

 Irrigated

 Jute         30     0     20    40     0      20    50     20    25
 Rice         30     20    20    40     20     20    50     25    25
 Potato       150    100   100   200    125    125   250    150   150


RECOMMENDATION TABLES etc.                                              9-17
VINDHYA ALLUVIAL ZONE
                    HIGH               MEDIUM               LOW
              N     P2O5   K2O   N      P2O5    K2O   N     P2O5   K2O


 Jute         30    20     30    40     20      40    50    25     50
 Rice         30    20     20    40     20      20    50    25     25
 Wheat        80    40     40    100    50      50    120   60     60
 Jute         30    20     20    40     20      20    50    25     25
 Rice         30    20     20    40     20      20    50    25     25
 Vegetables   100   50     50    120    60      60    150   80     80
 Jute         30    0      20    40     0       20    50    20     25
 Vegetables   80    40     40    100    50      50    120   60     60
 Vegetables   100   50     50    120    60      60    150   80     80
 Rice         30    20     20    40     20      20    50    25     25
 Rice         30    0      20    40     20      20    50    20     20
 Potato       150   100    100   200    125     125   250   150    150
 Sesame
 Rice         30    20     20    40     20      20    50    25     25
 Potato       150   100    100   200    125     125   250   150    150

 B.Medium Land

 Rainfed

 Jute         30    20     30    40     20      40    50    25     50
 Rice         30    20     20    40     20      20    60    30     30
 Rice         30    20     20    40     20      20    60    30     30
 Pulses       20    40     20    20     40      20    20    40     20

 Irrigated

 Jute         30    0      20    40     0       20    50    20     25
 Rice         30    20     20    40     20      20    60    30     30
 Potato       150   100    100   200    125     125   250   150    150
 Jute         30    20     30    40     20      40    50    25     50
 Rice         30    20     20    40     20      20    60    30     30
 Wheat        80    40     40    100    50      50    120   60     60
 Rice         30    20     20    40     20      20    50    25     25
 Rice         30    0      20    40     0       20    60    20     20
 Potato       150   100    100   200    125     125   250   150    150
 Rice         30    20     20    40     20      20    60    30     30
 Rice         30    20     20    40     20      20    60    30     30
 Vegetables   100   50     50    120    60      60    150   80     80
 Sesame
 Rice         30    20     20    40     20      20    60    30     30
 Potato       150   100    100   200    125     125   250   150    150
 Vegetables   80    40     40    100    50      50    120   60     60
 Rice         30    0      20    40     0       20    50    20     25
 Vegetables   100   50     50    120    60      60    150   80     80




9-18                                         RECOMMENDATION TABLES etc.
VINDHYA ALLUVIAL and RED-LATERITE ZONE
                    HIGH              MEDIUM               LOW
               N    P2O5   K2O   N     P2O5    K2O   N     P2O5   K2O
 C. Lowland

 Rainfed

 Jute          30    20   30     40     20   40      50     25   50
 Rice          30    20   20     40     20   20      60     30   30
 Pulse/              2% DAP             2% DAP              2% DAP
 Oilseeds
 Poyra
 Khesari
 Linseed

 Mung          20    40    20    20     40     20    20     40    20
 Rice          30    20    20    40     20     20    60     30    30


 Irrigated

 G.M.          0     25    0     0      25     0     0      25    0
 Rice          30    0     20    40     0      20    60     0     30
 Rice          80    40    40    100    50     50    120    60    60
 Sesame        50    25    25    50     25     25    50     25    25
 Rice          30    20    20    40     20     20    60     30    30



 V.Red & Laterite Zone
 A.Upland

 Rainfed
 G.Nut         20    30    45    20     30     45    20     30    45
 Kulthi        20    40    0     20     40     0     20     40    0
 Soyabean      20    30    20    30     40     30    40     30    30
 Niger         30    20    20    40     20     20    50     30    30
 Rice          30    20    20    40     20     20    60     30    30
 Kulthi        20    40    0     20     40     0     20     40    0
 Maize         40    20    20    60     30     30    80     40    40
 Oilseed       30    20    20    40     20     20    50     30    30
 (Toria/
 Niger/
 Safflower
 Millet        30    20    20    40     20     20    40     20    20
 (Jowar/
 Ragi)
 Kulthi        20    40    0     20     40     0     20     40    0
 Arhar         20    50    20    20     50     20    20     50    20
 Fallow


RECOMMENDATION TABLES etc.                                              9-19
RED-LATERITE ZONE
                    HIGH               MEDIUM                LOW
              N     P2O 5   K2O   N     P2O 5   K2O    N     P2O 5   K2O


 Irrigated

 Vegetables   80     40     40    100    50      50    120    60     60
 Rice         30     0      20    40     0       20    50     20     20
 Potato       150    100    100   200    125     125   250    150    150
 Vegetables   80     40     40    100    50      50    120    60     60
 Rice         30     20     20    40     20      20    50     25     25
 Vegetables   100    50     50    120    60      60    150    80     80
 Vegetables   80     40     40    100    50      50    120    60     60
 Vegetables   80     20     40    100    25      50    120    30     60
 Vegetables   100    50     50    120    60      60    150    80     80
 Maize        40     20     20    60     30      30    80     40     40
 Rice         30     20     20    40     20      20    60     30     30
 Potato       150    100    100   200    125     125   250    150    150

 B.Medium Land

 Rainfed

 Rice         30     20     20    40     20      20    60     30     30
 Sesame       20     20     20    30     20      20    40     20     20
 Rice         30     20     20    40     20      20    60     30     30
 Pulse        20     40     20    20     40      20    20     40     20
 Rice         30     20     20    40     20      20    60     30     30
 Mustard      30     20     20    40     20      20    50     30     30

 Irrigated

 Rice         30     20     20    40     20      20    50     25     25
 Rice         30     0      20    40     0       20    50     20     20
 Potato       150    100    100   200    125     125   250    150    150
 Vegetables   80     40     40    100    50      50    120    60     60
 Rice         30     0      20    40     0       20    50     20     20
 Wheat        80     40     40    100    50      50    120    60     60
 Sesame
 Rice         30     20     20    40     20      20    60     30     30
 Potato       150    100    100   200    125     125   250    150    150
 Maize        40     20     20    60     30      30    80     40     40
 Rice         30     20     20    40     20      20    60     30     30
 Mustard      80     40     40    100    50      50    120    60     60
 Vegetables   80     40     40    100    50      50    120    60     60
 Rice         30     0      20    40     0       20    50     20     20
 Potato       150    100    100   200    125     125   250    150    150




9-20                                          RECOMMENDATION TABLES etc.
RED-LATERITE ZONE and COASTAL ZONE
                      HIGH              MEDIUM               LOW
                N     P2O5   K2O   N     P2O5    K2O   N     P2O5   K2O


  C. Low Land

  Rainfed

  G.M.          0      25   0      0      25   0       0     25   0
  Rice          30     0    20     40     0    20      60    0    30
  Pulse                2% DAP             2% DAP             2% DAP
  (Poyra)

  Irrigated

  G.M.          0      25    0     0      25     0     0     25     0
  Rice          30     0     20    40     0      20    60    0      30
  Rice          80     40    40    100    50     50    120   60     60
  Rice          50     25    25    50     25     25    50    25     25
  Sesame        30     20    20    40     20     20    60    30     30




  VI.Coastal Zone Saline
  A. Upland

  Rainfed

  Fallow
  Vegetables    80     40    40    100    50     50    120   60     60
  Chilli        40     20    20    50     25     25    60    30     30
  Rice          30     20    20    40     20     20    60    30     30
  Fallow

  Irrigated

  Fallow
  Rice          30     20    20    40     20     20    60    30     30
  Vegetables    100    50    50    120    60     60    150   80     80
  Vegetables    80     40    40    100    50     50    120   60     60
  Rice          30     20    20    40     20     20    60    30     30
  Watermelon    80     40    40    100    50     50    120   60     60
  Vegetables    80     40    40    100    50     50    120   60     60
  Vegetables    50     25    25    60     30     30    100   50     50
  Vegetables    100    50    50    120    60     60    150   80     80




RECOMMENDATION TABLES etc.                                               9-21
COASTAL ZONE - SALINE
                    HIGH               MEDIUM                LOW
              N     P2O5   K2O   N      P2O5     K2O   N     P2O5   K2O


 B. Medium Land

 Rainfed

 Fallow
 Rice         30   20      20    40      20   20       60    30   30
 Pulse/       2% DAP                     2% DAP              2% DAP
 (Poyra
 Khesari)

 Irrigated

 Vegetables   80     40    40    100     50      50    120   60     60
 Rice         30     0     0     40      0       0     50    20     20
 Chilli       80     50    60    80      50      60    100   60     80
 Fallow
 Rice         30     20    20    40      20      20    60    30     30
 Watermelon   80     40    40    100     50      50    120   60     60
 Vegetables   80     40    40    100     60      60    150   80     80
 Rice         30     0     0     40      0       0     50    20     20
 Vegetables   100    50    50    120     60      60    150   80     80
 Fallow
 Rice         30     20    20    40      20      20    60    30     30
 Cotton       40     20    20    40      20      20    40    20     20

 C.Low Land

 Rainfed

 Fallow
 Rice         30     20   20     40      20   20       40    20   20
 Pulse/              2% DAP              2% DAP              2% DAP
 (Khesari
 Poyra)

 Irrigated

 G.M.         0      25    0     0       25      0     0     25     0
 Rice         30     0     20    40      0       20    60    0      30
 Sunflower    30     30    30    40      40      40    60    40     40
 G.M.         0      25    0     0       25      0     0     25     0
 Rice         30     0     20    40      0       20    60    0      30
 Chilli       40     20    20    60      30      30    80    40     40
 Fallow
 Rice         30     20    20    40      20      20    60    30     30
 Cotton       40     20    20    40      20      20    40    20     20




9-22                                          RECOMMENDATION TABLES etc.
COASTAL ZONE - LESS SALINE
                     HIGH              MEDIUM               LOW
               N     P2O5   K2O   N     P2O5    K2O   N     P2O5   K2O


 Less Saline

 A. Upland

 Rainfed

 Fallow
 Vegetables    80     40    40    100    50     50    120    60    60
 Toria         30     20    20    40     20     20    50     30    30
 Fallow
 Rice          30     20   20     40     20   20      60     30   30
 Kalai         20     40   20     20     40   20      20     40   20
 Khesari              2% DAP             2% DAP              2% DAP

 Irrigated

 Vegetables    80     40    40    100    50     50    120    60    60
 Rice          30     0     20    40     0      20    50     20    20
 Wheat         80     40    40    100    50     50    120    60    60
 G.Nut         20     30    45    20     30     45    20     30    45
 Rice          30     20    20    40     20     20    60     30    30
 Vegetables    100    50    50    120    60     60    150    80    80
 Vegetables    80     40    40    100    50     50    120    60    60
 Vegetables    50     25    25    60     30     30    100    50    50
 Vegetables    100    50    50    120    60     60    150    80    80
 Vegetables    80     40    40    100    50     50    120    60    60
 Rice          30     20    20    40     20     20    50     25    25
 Mustard       60     30    30    80     40     40    100    50    50
 Vegetables    80     40    40    100    50     50    120    60    60
 Rice          0      20    20    40     20     20    60     30    30
 Chilli        40     20    20    60     30     30    80     40    40

 B.Medium Land

 Rainfed

 Fallow
 Rice          30     20    20    40     20     20    60     30    30
 Fallow
 Rice          30     20    20    40     20     20    60     30    30
 Barley        20     20    20    30     25     25    40     30    30
 Fallow
 Rice          30     20    20    40     20     20    60     30    30
 Sunflower/    20     20    20    20     20     20    30     30    30
 Safflower




RECOMMENDATION TABLES etc.                                               9-23
COASTAL ZONE - LESS SALINE
                    HIGH               MEDIUM                LOW
              N     P2O5   K2O   N      P2O5     K2O   N     P2O5   K2O


 Irrigated

 Vegetables   80     40    40    100     50      50    120   60     60
 Rice         30     0     0     40      0       0     50    20     20
 Wheat        80     40    40    100     50      50    120   60     60
 Rice         30     20    20    40      20      20    60    30     30
 Chilli       40     20    20    60      30      30    80    40     40
 G.Nut        20     30    45    20      30      45    20    30     45
 Rice         30     20    20    40      20      20    60    30     30
 Vegetables   100    50    50    120     60      60    150   80     80


 C.Low Land

 Rainfed

 Fallow
 Rice         30     20    20    40      20      20    60    30     30
 Cotton       40     20    20    40      20      20    40    20     20
 Fallow
 Rice         30   20      20    40      20      20    60    30     30
 Sunflower    20   20      20    20      20      20    30    30     30
 Rice         30   0       20    40      0       20    60    20     30
 Pulses       2% DAP
 (Poyra)

 Irrigated

 Vegetables   80     40    40    100     50      50    120   60     60
 Rice         30     0     20    40      0       20    50    20     20
 Sugarbeet    80     40    40    100     50      50    120   60     60
 G.M.         0      25    0     0       25      0     0     25     0
 Rice         30     0     20    40      0       20    60    0      30
 Rice         80     40    40    100     50      50    120   60     60
 Mung         20     40    20    20      40      20    20    40     20
 Rice         30     20    20    40      20      20    50    25     25
 Rice         80     40    40    100     50      50    120   60     60




9-24                                          RECOMMENDATION TABLES etc.
Late monsoon               Pre-monsoon                 Post-monsoon

                                 Fruit       FYM     N    P2O5    K2O   FYM     N      P2O5    K2O FYM     N      P2O5   K2O
                                              kg     g      g     g      kg     g       g      g     kg    g       g     g
                             Mango                                      50     1 kg                  50           750    750
                             Litchi                                     40     250     375     375   40    250    375    375
                             Jackfruit                                  40     250     375     375   40    250    375    375
                             Sapota                                     40     250     375     375   40    250    375    375
                             Cashewnut                                  15                                 1 kg   1 kg   330




RECOMMENDATION TABLES etc.
                             Custard Apple                              20     125     150     150   20    125    150    150
                             Pomegranate                                20     125     125     125   20    125    125    125
                             Coconut                                    40     250     125     500   40    250    125    500
                             Guava                                      25     200     200     150   25    200    150    150
                             Pineapple                                  0.5     5      2.5     5            5     2.5     5
                             Citrus          20     130    130    130   20     130     130     130   20    130    130    130

                             Papaya                   3 months                      3 months                 3 months
                                             5      50    50      50    5      50      50      50    5     50    50      50

                             Banana                 1st 30 day period          2nd 45 day period           3rd 45 day period
                                             10     25     10     20    -      25     10    20       10    25     10    20
                                                    4th 45 day period          5th 45 day period           6th 45 day period
                                             -      25     10     20    -      25     10    20       -     25     10    20
                                                    7th 45 day period          8th 45 day period
                                             -      25     10     20    -      25     10    20

                                                          All figures are per plant per year




9-25
                                                                                                                               NPK requirement of FRUIT CROPS
RHIZOBIUM NODULATION - MOST PROBABLE NUMBERS




       n=4   n=2
                      s=10

       40    20       >7 x 108
       39
       38    19       6.9 x   108
       37             3.4 x   108
       36    18       1.8 x   108
       35             1.0 x   108
       34    17       5.9 x   107     s=8
       33             3.1 x   107
       32    16       1.7 x   107     >7 x 106
       31             1.0 x   107
       30    15       5.8 x   106     6.9
       29             3.1 x   106     3.4
       28    14       1.7 x   106     1.8
       27             1.0 x   106     1.0
       26    13       5.8 x   105     5.8 x 105   s=6
       25             3.1 x   105     3.1
       24    12       1.7 x   105     1.7         >7 x 104
       23             1.0 x   105     1.0
       22    11       5.8 x   104     5.8 x 104   6.9
       21             3.1 x   104     3.1         3.4
       20    10       1.7 x   104     1.7         1.8
       19             1.0 x   104     1.0         1.0
       18    9        5.8 x   103     5.8 x 103   5.8 x 103
       17             3.1 x   103     3.1         3.1
       16    8        1.7 x   103     1.7         1.7
       15             1.0 x   103     1.0         1.0
       14    7        5.8 x   102     5.8 x 102   5.8 x 102
       13             3.1 x   102     3.1         3.1
       12    6        1.7 x   102     1.7         1.7
       11             1.0 x   102     1.0         1.0
       10    5        5.8 x   101     5.8 x 101   5.8 x 101
       9              3.1 x   101     3.1         3.1
       8     4        1.7 x   101     1.7         1.7
       7              1.0 x   101     1.0         1.0
       6     3        5.8 x   1       5.8 x 1     5.8 x 1
       5              3.1 x   1       3.1         3.1
       4     2        1.7 x   1       1.7         1.7
       3              1.0 x   1       1.0         1.0
       2     1        0.6 x   1       0.6         0.6
       1              <0.6            <0.6        <0.6
       0     0

       Approx range   109             107         105



9-26                                RECOMMENDATION TABLES etc.
RHIZOBIUM NODULATION - MOST PROBABLE NUMBERS




 Using the table
 This table is used to find the number of 'active' rhizobia in your culture or carrier
 bags. 'Active' rhizobia refers to the Rhizobia capable of forming nodules. This
 number can be calculated by comparing your test results with results obtained
 in tests with large numbers of replicates.

 The large number gives statistically accurate results. Comparing the results
 allows you to deduce the most probable number of active rhizobia in your carrier.

 After performing a nodulation efficiency test with dlutions of your carrier, you
 would end up with a table that looks like the one on page 2-82.

 On the table on the opposite page, n is the number of replicates - the number
 of tubes of each dilution - in the set. s is the number of dilutions.

 To find the most probable number of nodulating rhizobia, look for the number
 of nodulated units you found under the cooresponding replicates column. The
 cooresponding entry in the appropriate dilutions column (labelled s=10 etc.).

 For example, in the sample table on page 2-82, a total of 21 nodules were
 formed with 4 replicates. Thus, we look for the number ‘21’ under the ‘n=4’
 column. Then, we move along the row to the corresponding entry under the
 ‘s=10’ column since we tested with 10 dilutions.

 The most probable number of rhizobium nodulating units is 3.1x104




RECOMMENDATION TABLES etc.                                                        9-27
LIME RECOMMENDATION USING SMP TEST VALUES




                   Target pH                                             Using the table
       Sample pH   6.4     6.8                                           This table is used to determine the
                                                                         amount of pure CaCO3 required
                                                                         to increase the pH of one acre of
         4.8       10.6   12.4                                           land.
         4.9       10.1   11.8   Pure CaCO3 required, in tons per acre   The ‘Sample pH’ column lists pH
                                                                         values obtained from a pH test
         5.0        9.6   11.2                                           using the SMP buffer solution.
         5.1        9.1   10.6                                           The ‘Target pH’ columns list the
                                                                         amount of pure CaCO3 required
         5.2        8.6   10.0                                           to raise the pH of one acre of land
                                                                         to 6.4 and 6.8.
         5.3        8.2    9.4
                                                                         This table lists values for pure
         5.4        7.7    8.9                                           CaCO3 and not commercial lime.
         5.5        7.2    8.3                                           For conversion, use the following
                                                                         values —
         5.6        6.7    7.1
                                                                         100kg pure CaCO3
         5.7        6.2    7.1
                                                                         =   56kg pure CaO
         5.8        5.7    6.5                                           =   74kg pure Ca(OH)2
                                                                         =   84kg pure MgCO3
         5.9        5.2    6.0                                           =   92kg pure CaCO3.MgCO3
                                                                         =   116kg pure CaSiO3
         6.0        4.7    5.4
                                                                         1 bigha = 0.33 acre = 0.13 hectare
         6.1        4.2    4.8

         6.2        3.7    4.2

         6.3        3.2    3.7

         6.4        2.7    3.1

         6.5        2.2    2.5

         6.6        1.7    1.9

         6.7        1.2    1.4




9-28                                                                     RECOMMENDATION TABLES etc.
A few tips on Lime recommendation —

1) Fine textured acidic soils with high organic carbon content require more lime
than coarse soils that are low in organic carbon. Liming coarse textured soil is
best done in split doses as overliming is a risk in these soils.

2) Lime is corrosive and is hazardous to seedlings. Liming should be done atleast
a couple of weeks before transplanting the crop. Also, advise the farmer to wear
gloves and a mask while liming his or her field.

3) Root penetration of most crops is 6 inches (15cm). The recommendation
tables assume this to be the case. Some crops have roots that penetrate 9 inches
(23 cm) into the soil. If the farmer intends to grow such a crop, increase the
recommendation by 50%.

4) Fine liming materials such as quicklime (CaO) react with soil much faster than
coarse liming materials. Therefore, fine liming materials are to be applied more
frequently and in less quantities than coarse materials.

5) Liming a neutral or alkaline soil is a waste of time and money.

6) If, for whatever reason, liming materials are unavailable, recommend a
minimum dose of 300-500kg per hectare. This will not significantly neutralise
the soil in the plot but will act as a Ca fertilizer because acidic soils are often
deficient in Calcium.

7) Prolonged use of calcitic limestone causes deficiency of magnesium in the
field. To offset this, recommend application of a magnesium supplying mineral.
A few such minerals are — MgSO4 (Epsom salts) MgO (Magnesia) and Mg(NO3)2.
Dolomitic limestone (CaCO3.MgCO3) may also be recommended.

8) The final acidity of the soil is critical for a good yield. Crops that require a
high dosage of lime amendment — crops that require a neutral or nearly neutral
soil — are: wheat, tobacco and sweet potatoes. Crops that require less lime
are: potatoes, rice, rye and watermelon. Crop such as tea, coffee (arabica) and
pineapples can survive in relatively acidic soils and require very little lime
amendment. These estimates, again, depend on a whole lot of other factors such
as terrain, soil texture and irrigation types.

9) Talk to the farmer! Recommendation of soil amendments (fertilizer included)
is not really an exact science. Socio-economic factors play an important role in
the farmer-field-crop relationship. For instance, a farmer may not have funds
to comply with an optimal recommendation. In such cases, the ‘optimal’
recommendation must take into account his available funds...




                                                                                 9-29
LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS




 Most abbreviations are expanded in the main body of the manual or in the
 Glossary.

 ARA - Acetylene Reduction Assay
 CFU - Colony forming unit
 EBT (indicator) - Erichrome Black T
 EDTA - Ethylene Diamine Tetraacetic Acid
 FYM - Farm yard manure
 SMP (extractant buffer) - Shoemaker, MacLean and Pratt (the scientists who
 devised the pH determination test using this chemical.




9-30
INFORMATION SHEET
Sample No.                                      X-base ID

Date of Collection

Farmer’s name

Address



G.P

Block

Mouza No.

Plot No.

Land area.

Land type : Upland - medium land - low land

Soil texture :    Sandy - Loam - Clay

Irrigation facility : Irrigated area - Non-irrigated area.

Source of water : River - Pond - Canal - Tube well - Well

Drainage condition : Good - Medium - Bad.

Slope of the land : No slope - slight slope   - middle slope - steep slope.

Height of water level in chary rice :


Information on previous crop :

Name and variety of the crop :

Dose of organic manure, if applied :

Dose of fertilizer, if applied :

Yield :

Information of the crop that will be grown:

Name and variety of the crop :

Season (Pre kharif / kharif / rabi ) :


                                                 SIGNATURE
                                                                          9-31

More Related Content

PDF
Chemical and Bioprocess Engineering
PDF
Report on microbial techniques & imaging
PDF
National Conference on Advances & Innovations in Biotechnology
PDF
Wastewater Analysis and Study of Soil Microorganisms of Koparkhairane Nullah.
PDF
PDF
Updated CV Abid
PDF
Naresh Resume - Copy
PDF
Scientific schedule - ICRACACE 2016
Chemical and Bioprocess Engineering
Report on microbial techniques & imaging
National Conference on Advances & Innovations in Biotechnology
Wastewater Analysis and Study of Soil Microorganisms of Koparkhairane Nullah.
Updated CV Abid
Naresh Resume - Copy
Scientific schedule - ICRACACE 2016

Viewers also liked (20)

PPTX
Soil testing
DOC
SUMMER TRAINING PROJECT REPORT
PDF
Online assignment topic seri culture
PPTX
INSTRUMENTATION OF FLAME EMISSION SPECTROSCOPY
PPT
Soil testing
PDF
Soil mechanics note
DOCX
Sinusoidal Response of RC & RL Circuits
PDF
Lab.11 methods for estimating denitrification process
PDF
Lab.10 methods for estimating nitrification process
DOCX
Project report on pa 2
PDF
W16 ground improvement techniques-dycus
PPT
Nitrates poisoning
PPT
Nitrate poisoning
PPTX
Site-investigation before construction of structure.
PPT
Practical Analytical Instrumentation in On-line Applications
PPT
Spectrophotometry.ppt 18.07.08
DOCX
Flame Photometer
PPT
Flamephotometer
PPTX
Spectrophotometry
PDF
Assignment on culture
Soil testing
SUMMER TRAINING PROJECT REPORT
Online assignment topic seri culture
INSTRUMENTATION OF FLAME EMISSION SPECTROSCOPY
Soil testing
Soil mechanics note
Sinusoidal Response of RC & RL Circuits
Lab.11 methods for estimating denitrification process
Lab.10 methods for estimating nitrification process
Project report on pa 2
W16 ground improvement techniques-dycus
Nitrates poisoning
Nitrate poisoning
Site-investigation before construction of structure.
Practical Analytical Instrumentation in On-line Applications
Spectrophotometry.ppt 18.07.08
Flame Photometer
Flamephotometer
Spectrophotometry
Assignment on culture
Ad

Similar to Soil Testing (20)

PDF
NEXT GENERATION OF INDIAN AGRICULTURE CONFERENCE 2014
PDF
New And Future Developments In Microbial Biotechnology And Bioengineering Sus...
PDF
Environmental Biotechnology For Sustainable Future Ranbir Chander Sobti
PDF
New and Future Developments in Microbial Biotechnology and Bioengineering. As...
PDF
PDF
New And Future Developments In Microbial Biotechnology And Bioengineering Sus...
PDF
Algal Green Chemistry Recent Progress In Biotechnology 1st Edition Rajesh Pra...
PDF
Microbial Technology For Sustainable Environment 1st Ed 2021
PDF
Biotechnological Approaches to Sustainable Development Goals Patrick Omoregie...
DOC
“Micropropagation Studies On Bambusa Tulda, Dendrocalamus Longipathus And Che...
PDF
Controlled Release Fertilizers for Sustainable Agriculture F.B. Lewu
PDF
Recent Advancements In Microbial Diversity 1st Edition Surajit De Mandal Editor
PDF
Microbial Technology for Sustainable Environment
PDF
Theoretical And Applied Aspects Of Biomass Torrefaction For Biofuels And Valu...
PDF
Biotecnika Times Newspaper 27th November 2017
PDF
Food Safety and Human Health Ram Lakhan Singh
PDF
Biofuels for a More Sustainable Future: Life Cycle Sustainability Assessment,...
PDF
PDF
Molecular Biology Techniques A Classroom Laboratory Manual 4th Edition Susan ...
PDF
Agricultural Biotechnology Latest Research And Trends 1st Ed 2021 Dinesh Kuma...
NEXT GENERATION OF INDIAN AGRICULTURE CONFERENCE 2014
New And Future Developments In Microbial Biotechnology And Bioengineering Sus...
Environmental Biotechnology For Sustainable Future Ranbir Chander Sobti
New and Future Developments in Microbial Biotechnology and Bioengineering. As...
New And Future Developments In Microbial Biotechnology And Bioengineering Sus...
Algal Green Chemistry Recent Progress In Biotechnology 1st Edition Rajesh Pra...
Microbial Technology For Sustainable Environment 1st Ed 2021
Biotechnological Approaches to Sustainable Development Goals Patrick Omoregie...
“Micropropagation Studies On Bambusa Tulda, Dendrocalamus Longipathus And Che...
Controlled Release Fertilizers for Sustainable Agriculture F.B. Lewu
Recent Advancements In Microbial Diversity 1st Edition Surajit De Mandal Editor
Microbial Technology for Sustainable Environment
Theoretical And Applied Aspects Of Biomass Torrefaction For Biofuels And Valu...
Biotecnika Times Newspaper 27th November 2017
Food Safety and Human Health Ram Lakhan Singh
Biofuels for a More Sustainable Future: Life Cycle Sustainability Assessment,...
Molecular Biology Techniques A Classroom Laboratory Manual 4th Edition Susan ...
Agricultural Biotechnology Latest Research And Trends 1st Ed 2021 Dinesh Kuma...
Ad

Recently uploaded (20)

PDF
AI-driven educational solutions for real-life interventions in the Philippine...
PPTX
Computer Architecture Input Output Memory.pptx
PDF
A GUIDE TO GENETICS FOR UNDERGRADUATE MEDICAL STUDENTS
PDF
Τίμαιος είναι φιλοσοφικός διάλογος του Πλάτωνα
PDF
My India Quiz Book_20210205121199924.pdf
PPTX
Share_Module_2_Power_conflict_and_negotiation.pptx
PDF
FOISHS ANNUAL IMPLEMENTATION PLAN 2025.pdf
PDF
medical_surgical_nursing_10th_edition_ignatavicius_TEST_BANK_pdf.pdf
PDF
CISA (Certified Information Systems Auditor) Domain-Wise Summary.pdf
PDF
Vision Prelims GS PYQ Analysis 2011-2022 www.upscpdf.com.pdf
PDF
LDMMIA Reiki Yoga Finals Review Spring Summer
PDF
Black Hat USA 2025 - Micro ICS Summit - ICS/OT Threat Landscape
PDF
MBA _Common_ 2nd year Syllabus _2021-22_.pdf
PDF
HVAC Specification 2024 according to central public works department
PDF
ChatGPT for Dummies - Pam Baker Ccesa007.pdf
PPTX
Unit 4 Computer Architecture Multicore Processor.pptx
PDF
advance database management system book.pdf
PPTX
Onco Emergencies - Spinal cord compression Superior vena cava syndrome Febr...
PDF
BP 704 T. NOVEL DRUG DELIVERY SYSTEMS (UNIT 1)
PDF
Trump Administration's workforce development strategy
AI-driven educational solutions for real-life interventions in the Philippine...
Computer Architecture Input Output Memory.pptx
A GUIDE TO GENETICS FOR UNDERGRADUATE MEDICAL STUDENTS
Τίμαιος είναι φιλοσοφικός διάλογος του Πλάτωνα
My India Quiz Book_20210205121199924.pdf
Share_Module_2_Power_conflict_and_negotiation.pptx
FOISHS ANNUAL IMPLEMENTATION PLAN 2025.pdf
medical_surgical_nursing_10th_edition_ignatavicius_TEST_BANK_pdf.pdf
CISA (Certified Information Systems Auditor) Domain-Wise Summary.pdf
Vision Prelims GS PYQ Analysis 2011-2022 www.upscpdf.com.pdf
LDMMIA Reiki Yoga Finals Review Spring Summer
Black Hat USA 2025 - Micro ICS Summit - ICS/OT Threat Landscape
MBA _Common_ 2nd year Syllabus _2021-22_.pdf
HVAC Specification 2024 according to central public works department
ChatGPT for Dummies - Pam Baker Ccesa007.pdf
Unit 4 Computer Architecture Multicore Processor.pptx
advance database management system book.pdf
Onco Emergencies - Spinal cord compression Superior vena cava syndrome Febr...
BP 704 T. NOVEL DRUG DELIVERY SYSTEMS (UNIT 1)
Trump Administration's workforce development strategy

Soil Testing

  • 1. Certificate Course in Agricultural Biotechnology BIOFERTILIZER TECHNOLOGY Institute team: Dr. B.K.Datta Dr. R.Datta Dr. S.K.Das Dr. S.K.Si Mr. S. Sahoo Mr. D. Biswas Mr. S. Giri Mr. T. Nayek Expert Consultants: Dr. P.K. Singh, IRAI, New Delhi Dr. O.P. Rupela, ICRISAT, Hyderabad Dr. R.K.Basak, BCKV, Mohanpur, W.B Dr. D.J. Bagyaraj, Univ. of Agric. Sciences, Bangalore Dr. R. Kale, Univ. of Agric. Sciences, Bangalore Dr. Sunil Pabbi, IARI, New Delhi Dr. Aloke Adholeya, TERI, New Delhi Vivekananda Institute of Biotechnology
  • 2. First published in July, 2004 by Vivekananda Institute of Biotechnology Nimpith, South 24 Parganas, West Bengal, India Designed by Tellywallah, Calcutta Printed by Swapna Printing Works Private Limited, Calcutta All rights reserved. c Vivekananda Institute of Biotechnology, 2004 This manual is sold subject to the condition that it shall not, by way of trade or otherwise, be lent, resold, hired out or otherwise circulated without the publisher's prior consent in any form of binding or cover other than that in which it is published.
  • 3. Foreword Fifty years back a monk, Swami Buddhanandji, was deeply inspired by Swami Vivekananda’s ideals. He started a different kind of journey of life and a seed of development was sown at Nimpith. Late Swami Buddhanandaji established this Ashram. Vivekananda Institute of Biotechnology is a branch of that tree. The Institute initiated its activities in 1991. Its aim is to develop an advanced, functional, research as well as a resource center for the people of the Sunderbans. One of the chosen fields is Agricultural Biotechnology. For the last few years the Institute has been implementing programmes on entrepreneurship development, in this field, in rural areas. The present manual is one of such activity to support this programme, which is the need of the hour. The Department of Science and Technology, Govt of India and United Nations Development Programme have come forward benevolently in bringing out this manual. It is a result of the combined efforts of scientists at our Institute and of other National Institutes and Universities. Senior scientists like Dr. P.K.Singh, Dr. O.P.Rupela, Dr. Radha Kale, Dr. Ranjan Basak, Dr. Sunil Pabbi, Dr. D.J. Bhagyaraj and Dr. Alok Adholeya have enriched this effort by their valuable guidance and by sharing their experience . Shri Gautam Bose, Shri Amit Kumar and Shri Pradip Nair of Tellywallah have worked hard and extensively to make it in this present form. We hope that this great effort will be used by the rural agro-biotechnologists, whose services, we believe, will bring a new dawn to rural India. Nimpith Swami Sadananda July 2004 Chairman
  • 5. Preface In today’s world, technology is moving very fast, in certain sectors at a faster pace. Biotechnology is such an area. The rural India which is depending on agriculture for its day to day life provides an immense market for new technologies. The only condition is the proper training and marketing. The present manual is the outcome of the project ‘Technical Human Resource Development – Vocational Training For Employment Generation’ supported by UNDP & DST, Govt. of India. The objective of the programme is to develop human resources through competency based training in innovative areas for the production and service sectors in new, high technology areas based on market needs. Agricultural biotechnology is the area in which we have worked on under this project. This manual is first of its kind in this series. It deals with Biofertilizer Technology which has six modules - Soil testing and fertilizer recommendation, Production and Application of Blue-green algae, Azolla, Microbial inoculants, Vesicular Arbuscular Mycorrhiza and Vermicompost. The target are the rural youth, who have passed their 10th std. It is designed and presented in such a way that a complicated subject like soil testing or microbial inoculant production becomes an easily adaptable skill, a demystification of technology indeed. All the techniques mentioned here are of world standard but no doubt many other options can also be opted for, for instance, in the section of microbial inoculant production only the use of vessel is mentioned in this manual though the use of other types of fermentors or shakers are also possible. This effort is the result of hard work of a team of our Institute, the same was complemented by experts of other organizations, which are of world repute. Mr. Khudiram Sardar, Mr. Diwakar Haldar, , Mr.Tarun Das, Mr. Deepankar Haldar, Mr.Tapan Haldar and Mr. Shubankar Malik have helped while filming the experiments for this manual. Shri Gautam Bose , Shri Amit Kumar, Shri Pradip Nair and Shri Partha Bhattacharya of Tellywallah gave their best to make this dream a reality by filming, designing, adding inputs and finally printing the manual. Nimpith Dr. B.K. Datta July 2004 Principal Scientist, VIB
  • 6. Using this manual This manual has been written to complement classroom lectures pertaining to the Biofertilizer Technology Section of the “Certificate Course in Agricultural Biotechnology” taught at the Vivekananda Institute of Biotechnology — VIB. However, it may also be read by anyone with school level knowledge of Science who is interested in setting up a soil testing lab or a microbial inoculant production facility. We have departed from traditional styles of writing Course material. Instead of dry and forbidding lists of procedures and equations, the manual tries to expose the student to the various aspects of the three disciplines that this course straddles — Microbiology, Agricultural Science and Chemistry. Of course, one cannot entirely avoid equations and procedures! But we felt it is possible to present these topics in a friendlier manner. Our approach to making the subject “friendlier” and also maintaining sufficient scientific detail was two-pronged. We’ve split the material being discussed into two parts — quite literally. The odd-numbered pages in this manual contain descriptions of experiments and processes in a step-by-step manner, devoid of detailed explanations — rather like a traditional lab manual which expects students to follow the steps described bothering to evoke an interest in the topic at hand. The objective of the VIB course was the opposite. As scientists we are amazed and intrigued by our respective fields of study. We wanted the reader to feel this amazement as well; to undestand that science is an exciting subject! To help us out, we enlisted the help of Shubham, an inquisitive, imaginary friend, who can’t stop asking questions. Shubham can be found loitering around on the even-numbered pages — asking questions about the text on the facing page. The even-numbered pages also contain supplementary information about the topic at hand. Definitions, little bits of trivia, brief forays into the history of science, suggestions for further reading, tips on how to simplify a process and so on may also be found on even numbered pages. The course material was meant to enable an interested student set up his own Soil Testing Centre and an Inoculant Production Centre. Which is why the material in this manual is presented in a “modular” fashion — typical of industrial processes. Therefore, operations like autoclaving, working in a Laminar Flow Cabinet and using a Fermentor have been dealt with in a separate section. The step-by-step description concentrates on following the process being discussed segment-wise. The line at the bottom of each odd-numbered page is a “station map”. This helps the students to see the “whole railway line” and on which station he stands — this is typical of any industrial process where one goes from A (A test tube of bacteria) to B (application of the inoculant in the field) and the various stages that must be crossed to do so.
  • 7. Using this manual In sections where extra explanation on the left hand pages was unnecessary, the step-by-step description continues. Addressing the reader directly (”You could then....” “We might look at this from another angle....”) is something most textbooks never do but we felt there was no reason why the manual should not attempt to make the reader feel as if he was in a classroom while reading it. The manual is accompanied by an interactive CD-ROM. This contains all the course material viewable in a non-linear fashion. This enables a student to quickly refer to topics without having to flip through the manual. Further, all the “modules” that are part of the production process, were filmed during the making of this manual and the footage, with narration, is available on the CD. This could be used in the classroom too, during, say, the first time the topic is brought up for discussion by the instructor. The glossary in this manual is available in a searchable format on the CD-ROM. The CD-ROM contains two computer programmes written specifically for Soil Testing Centres. Chemicalc and X-Base are a scientific formula calculator and a Soil Database, respectively. X-Base allows Soil Testing Centres to share their data over the Internet with no additional software or hardware requirements apart from a very rudimentary computer system and a telephone line. A few of the pages also contain material that is not immediately relevant to the course (eg., a brief description of the gene cascade in R.Meliloti that leads to the production of nitrogenase, may be found in the pages that describe Rhizobia). These portions are italicised. These sections are rare and are only found, if at all, in the introductory part of the section. These could, if nothing else, be food for thought for an inquisitive reader. Biotechnology is the fastest growing scientific field around the world. As scientists around the world learn more about the amazing internal workings of living things, literature — this manual included — needs to be updated with a regularity, which, to a scientist, is more exciting than monotonous. The authors would greatly appreciate any feedback about this manual. VIB hopes that this initiative will help fuel the next agricultural revolution in our country — one powered not just by fertilizers and technology but also by a more aware and knowledgable farmer who understands the science behind the word 'biotechnology'... VIB team Nimpith July 2004
  • 8. Soil Testing - Collection and preparation of soil samples Composite soil samples, packed for lab. analysis 1-1
  • 9. Introduction.. A bit about the Soil Collection Process The process of soil testing begins in the field — where collection of samples is done. This needs to be done methodically — to ensure that the samples taken from the field represent the soil characteristics of the entire field. The process stated here is simple and easy to follow — though it does seem elaborate when you first read about it! Locating areas to take samples... Start at the bottom -left corner of the field and walk along the path indicated by the arrows. Along the way, mark areas (with a piece of wood — or anything easy to locate) from where you will be taking soil samples. Avoid marking prohibited areas (see the next page). The marked areas are shown in Red in the figure. Notice, that the red dots along the path are not necessarily on the path itself. That’s perfect — because this is a random sample. Apparatus required Plastic bucket, spade and wooden stakes or markers. Why is it necessary to go through such an elaborate process? It’s quite simple — ideally you’d want to test all the soil in your field — but that would take a lot of time. So, it becomes necessary to take samples from different places in the field. But how do you ensure that the samples taken to the testing centre represent, more or less, the soil in the field? The answer is the reason behind the elaborate process. By taking samples from randomly selected spots, you ensure that your cumulative soil sample represents the soil in most areas of the field. The zig zag walk is just to establish a technique of selecting random spots. 1-2 Collection and Preparation of soil samples
  • 10. Collecting soil samples The locations from where soil samples are taken may be marked by wooden stakes as shown. The stakes need not be numbered. The locations are chosen by walking along a zig-zag path starting at any corner of the field. These are marked by white spots in the picture. A typical location is shown in the next picture. Each collection location needs to be cleared of vegetation and dust. This is done by scraping away a very thin layer of soil. Collection Grinding Partitioning Storage Drying Mixing Sieving Collection and Preparation of soil samples 1-3
  • 11. Prohibited samples... Prohibited Samples? It’s just another thing to do with the statistics (see page 2.1). Your soil samples need to represent the average soil characteristic of the field. However, every field has areas in it that tend to distort the average characteristic because the soil there has properties very different from the rest of the soil. (It’s called deviation from the mean, by the way) So, you need to ignore these areas when collecting samples. These include — Areas near gates, farmways, buildings etc. and areas on crop hills and in rows. — Areas where organic/chemical manure is or was kept. — Areas which are permanently in the shade. Why must the pit be 6” (15 cm) deep? 6” is the depth of tillage i.e., the depth up to which the root system of the crop penetrates. Since soil testing is carried out to determine the availability of nutrients to crops, samples i.e., the furrow slices, are 6” long. Why should a PVC bucket be used? An iron bucket may have rust, which might contaminate the sample. Presence of iron would skew the results of the organic carbon test as we shall see later. Jute or nylon bags which may have been used to store fertilizer etc. must not be used too. PVC (or any other plastic) would not contaminate the soil. Besides, they are easy to clean. 1-4 Collection and Preparation of soil samples
  • 12. Collecting soil samples Remove a wedge-shaped lump of soil from the cleared sampling location and discard it. The resulting pit should be about 6 inches (15 cm) deep. From the two larger surfaces of the pit, remove a half inch thick slice of soil — called the furrow-slice. Thus, from each sampling location on the field, two furrow- slices are obtained. Carry these in a PVC bucket. Collection Grinding Partitioning Storage Drying Mixing Sieving Collection and Preparation of soil samples 1-5
  • 13. Collecting soil samples After collection — what now? You now have a bucketful of furrow-slices. However, it would be time-consuming to test all the soil in each of the furrow-slices separately and then average the results. Ideally, you would want to test a relatively small sample of soil which, nevertheless, represented the soil present in the entire field. This is achieved by thoroughly mixing the soil. Further, to simplify the lab experiments, the samples are ground and sieved... We’ll discuss this issue in the next section... 1-6 Collection and Preparation of soil samples
  • 14. Collecting soil samples After all the samples are collected, they could be taken directly to the laboratory — if one is close enough. Else, the samples may be prepared on location itself, and a composite soil sample may be sent for testing. The samples are now air-dried in the shade. Collection Grinding Partitioning Storage Drying Mixing Sieving Collection and Preparation of soil samples 1-7
  • 15. Drying the soil samples Why are the samples dried? In dried soil, any reversible chemical reactions that usually take place in it are in equilibrium. However, drying does change the chemical constituents of soils. Ferrous iron is oxidised to ferric iron, exchangeable potassium content increases or decreases depending upon the soil and hydrogen ion activity changes to some extent. Therefore, concentration of ferrous iron (if required) should be determined with a field-moist soil sample. Also, concentration of exchangeable potassium and soil pH may also be determined without drying the sample. Dried soil is easier to grind. For reasons mentioned earlier, metallic apparatus must not be used for grinding as particles might break off and contaminate the soil. Therefore, a wooden mortar and pestle must be used. 1-8 Collection and Preparation of soil samples
  • 16. Grinding the soil samples Spread a clean polythene sheet on the ground and place a wooden mortar on it. Transfer the dried soil samples to the mortar. With a wooden pestle, grind the soil to break down any aggregates. After grinding, transfer the soil to the polythene sheet and spread evenly across the surface. Collection Grinding Partitioning Storage Drying Mixing Sieving Collection and Preparation of soil samples 1-9
  • 17. Mixing Why is mixing important? After all, we just ground the samples — that should have mixed everything quite well. Mixing is necessary to ensure that the composite soil sample (all the soil samples taken from different areas in the field) represents the field’s soil composition as closely as possible even in small quantities. For example, to determine the amount of phosphorus, as little as 2.5 g of soil is used in the experiment. You would have collected nearly 3 kg of soil from the field of which only about 500g of soil is sent to the soil-testing centre. Therefore, unless properly mixed, it is likely that soil from some parts of the field might not reach the testing centre. Yes, during grinding, mixing does take place — but it is random and might not be enough. Besides, like the collection stage, the mixing stage described here is to establish a process that minimises chances of statistical error. 1-10 Collection and Preparation of soil samples
  • 18. Mixing Lift one end of the sheet and fold it till the soil collects in the centre. Repeat the process with the diagonally opposite corner as shown in the picture... and then with the other two corners... This will cause the soil to collect in the centre of the sheet. This process is called Mixing and must be repeated 5 times. Cone the soil and flatten the top. Collection Grinding Partitioning Storage Drying Mixing Sieving Collection and Preparation of soil samples 1-11
  • 19. Partitioning the soil sample Partitioning? At this stage, you have about 3kg of a composite soil sample. This would be a rather unwieldy package to transport to the testing labs. Besides, the lab will need only about 300g of soil for all the tests. Here is where the purpose behind the monotonous mixing process becomes apparent. Because the sample is mixed, statistically, the average chemical composition of the field is represented by surprisingly small amounts of soil — as little as a few grams! So, you don’t need to send in all the soil you’ve collected painstakingly — you could send in 500g which is relatively easier to transport and store. There is a catch though — selecting the final soil sample must also be done at random . This is fulfilled by the next Stage — Partitioning. This involves halving the mass of the soil sample in successive stages till it is about 500g. At each stage, a random portion of soil is selected. The method described here is one of many that may be used to quarter the soil sample. There are others, such as : The Riffle Technique and The Paper Quartering Technique. However, the method described needs no extra apparatus and is very easy. Hence its use in this manual. 1-12 Collection and Preparation of soil samples
  • 20. Partitioning the soil sample Divide the soil into 4 equal portions, as shown. Discard any two diagonally opposite portions. This process is called Partitioning. Collection Grinding Partitioning Storage Drying Mixing Sieving Collection and Preparation of soil samples 1-13
  • 21. Partitioning the soil sample 1-14 Collection and Preparation of soil samples
  • 22. Partitioning the soil sample Continue partitioning the sample till about 500g of soil remains. The amount of soil retained depends upon the number of experiments that the Soil Chemist intends to conduct. 500 g is enough if all tests are to be carried out. Transfer all the soil to a sieve. Collection Grinding Partitioning Storage Drying Mixing Sieving Collection and Preparation of soil samples 1-15
  • 23. Sieving the soil sample What mesh size is to be used? A fine sieve (80 mesh) is used for determination of oxidisable organic carbon and the elements i.e., Nitrogen, Phosphorus and Potassium. A coarse sieve (20 mesh) is used for determination of soil pH and salinity. The entire volume of the partitioned sample should pass through the sieve. Soil aggregates that are too large to be sieved should be ground in a mortar and sieved again. 1-16 Collection and Preparation of soil samples
  • 24. Sieving the soil sample Sieve the soil. Preparation is complete. The soil particles have been ground, mixed, partitioned and sieved. Before the soil is transported to the lab, it must be stored in polythene bags. Collection Grinding Partitioning Storage Drying Mixing Sieving Collection and Preparation of soil samples 1-17
  • 25. Packing the soil sample 1-18 Collection and Preparation of soil samples
  • 26. Packing the soil sample Seal the open end of the bag with thread. Label the bag. The information required by the laboratory for testing is shown in the Information Sheet (see Page 9-28) The samples are now ready for transport. The picture shows 3 polythene bags — these are samples from adjoining fields all headed to the testing centre. Collection Grinding Partitioning Storage Drying Mixing Sieving Collection and Preparation of soil samples 1-19
  • 27. 1-20 Collection and Preparation of soil samples
  • 28. Soil testing - Determination of soil pH pH electrodes dipped into a soil-water suspension for pH measurement 1-21
  • 29. Introduction A bit about pH... pH is the quantitative measure of acidity or alkalinity of liquid solutions. A solution with a pH value less than 7 is considered acidic and a solution with a pH more than 7 is considered alkaline. pH 7 is considered neutral. Soil pH between 6 and 8 is safe for most crops. If the tested sample has a pH value outside this “safe range”, steps must be taken to artificially correct the problem. The acidity of a solution is directly proportional to its hydrogen ion concentration. The term pH is derived from p representing the German word potenz, ‘power’, + H, the symbol for hydrogen. pH meters are extremely sensitive instruments. They consist of one (or two) glass electrodes connected to a digital display. The pH of a solution is displayed when the electrodes of the meter are dipped in it. Soil water suspension : A suspension, as opposed to a solution, is a heterogeneous mixture, i.e., its constituents may be separated by physical means. The mixture of soil in water is therefore a suspension, not a solution. Apparatus and reagents required Buffer tablets of pH 4.0 and 7.0, a top loading balance, a 100mL beaker, a wash bottle, a glass rod and a pH meter Determination of Lime Requirement : An acidic soil is treated with Lime to increase its pH. Recommendation of liming is also done after a pH test. The difference being the addition of an extra ingredient to the soil. Take 5g of soil instead of 20g as shown here. Add 5mL of distilled water and then add 10mL of SMP Extractant Buffer. Proceed with the pH exactly as shown in the following pages. When you obtain the pH value, refer to the Lime Recommendation Table on page 9-28. 1-22 Determination of soil pH
  • 30. Preparing a soil suspension Weigh out 20g of soil. Transfer the soil to a 100mL beaker. Add 50ml of distilled water. This creates a soil-water suspension. The soil : water ratio for conducting this test should be 1 : 1.25 Stir the suspension occasionally for about half an hour or shake in a shaker for 5 minutes. Preparing the soil suspension Measuring the pH of the sample Calibrating the pH meter Determination of soil pH 1-23
  • 31. Using the pH meter... Calibration? Why is it necessary? Think about this — how does the meter know a solution’s pH? It doesn’t. It’s just programmed to display different pH values depending upon the voltage across its electrodes. The electrodes, though, are sensitive to a whole lot of other things — like temperature for instance. So, even though a change in room temperature will not change the pH of a solution, it will cause the electrodes to report the pH incorrectly. And this is true of any measuring instrument. We calibrate by measuring a known amount and then re-programming the meter to display that amount — this is sometimes as simple as pushing a switch. In this experiment, we calibrate the meter with 2 buffer solutions — with pH values of 7.0 and 4.0. See page 1-26 for a description of buffer solutions. First, we dip the electrodes in the pH 7.0 buffer. While we were conducting the experiment, the meter read 7.2. This was because it was set to measure correctly at a slightly lower room temperature. So, the adjustment knob was turned till the display read 7.0. Between readings, wash the electrodes with distilled water and wipe them dry with a piece of clean tissue paper. Repeat the process with a buffer solution of pH 4.0. The volumetric flask in the third picture contains the pH buffer solution. The meter might need a few minutes to “warm up”. The time varies from model to model and you should check the literature that came with your meter. Generally, “warming up” takes a few minutes. Also, it takes a few seconds for the display to stabilise after you’ve dipped the electrodes in a solution. So, wait a while before noting down a pH reading. 1-24 Determination of soil pH
  • 32. Calibration Calibrate the pH meter with any two known buffer solutions. Just prior to taking any readings, stir the soil-water suspension with a glass rod. Dip the electrodes of the pH meter into the suspension and take a reading. Preparing the soil suspension Measuring the pH of the sample Calibrating the pH meter Determination of soil pH 1-25
  • 33. A buffer story A bit about Buffer Solutions We know about pH and how it describes the acidity or alkalinity of a solution. Now, why is a solution acidic? Or alkaline? Modern definitions of acidity refer to the ability of the compounds in a solution to accept or release electrons — the Lewis Concept. But historically, an acid was a compound that, in solution, could release hydrogen ions into the solution, and a base was a compound which could accept hydrogen ions. Since HCl dissociates into H+ and Cl- ions, in solution, it is an acid. There are situations when we want the pH of a solution to remain constant — irrespective of change in the concentrations of its acidic or alkaline constituents. This is done by adding an acid-base pair to the solution that acts as a reservoir, or buffer. What this reservoir does is suppress or increase the dissociation of other compounds depending upon the pH of the solution. A commonly used buffer solution is the NH4Cl - NH4OH pair. These are readily soluble chemicals and keep each other’s dissociated concentrations in check — in line with the solubility product principle. The NH4Cl - NH4OH pair is an alkaline buffer and maintains the pH of the solution at around 8.5. You can read more about Buffer Solutions in books on Physical Chemistry. A thin “chemical film” is deposited on the electrodes each time a pH measurement is taken. Unless removed, this film causes the electrodes to report inaccurate values. Therefore, between readings, wash the electrodes of the pH meter with a stream of distilled water and then wipe them dry with tissue paper. When not in use keep the electrodes dipped in distilled water. 1-26 Determination of soil pH
  • 34. Meter readings... The pH of the sample tested is 7.79. The display on most pH meters takes about a minute to stabilise. Preparing the soil suspension Measuring the pH of the sample Calibrating the pH meter Determination of soil pH 1-27
  • 35. 1-28 Determination of soil pH
  • 36. Soil Testing - Determination of salinity Conductivity readings are taken from the supernatant liquid.. 1-29
  • 37. Introduction A bit about salinity... The determination of the quantity of water-soluble salts is of special importance for arid, semi-arid as well as coastal areas. It helps in taking reclamation measures as well as in the selection of crops which differ in their tolerance to salts. While we could measure the concentrations of the salts by chemical analysis, it would be time-consuming, expensive — and entirely unnecessary. That’s because, we don’t need to identify all the salts lurking about — we’re only interested in the water-soluble ones. The concentration of all of these salts taken together is what matters to plants. So, we take a more practical approach to measure soil salinity — we add distilled water into the soil and stir it till the soluble salts get dissolved. Then, we measure the electrical conductivity of the water. And how does that tell us anything about salinity? Indirectly, it does — because in solution, ions are the carriers of electric charge and therefore, the electrical conductivity of a solution is directly proportional to its soluble salt concentration. The conductivity of a soil sample is measured with the help of a conductivity meter and is expressed in mmhos/cm. or, in SI units, in dS/m. You don’t even need to calculate the concentrations for the purposes of recommending fertilizers. The recommendation is based upon the conductivity measurement itself. ( See the recommendation tables). Most soil testing labs mention “Electrical Conductivity” or just “E.C.” in their reports. Apparatus and reagents required 0.01N KCl solution, a 100mL beaker and a conductivity meter. Using a conductivity meter... An electrical conductivity meter is very similar to a pH meter. It also consists of an electrode connected to a digital display. Measurements are made by dipping the electrode in the solution being tested. The precautions to be observed while using this instrument are the same as those with a pH meter (see page 1-24 ). 1-30 Determination of salinity
  • 38. Calibrating the conductivity meter This is a typical Conductivity Meter. Like the pH meter, its electrode must be kept immersed in distilled water when not in use. Calibrate the meter. This is done with distilled water and a 0.1N Potassium Chloride solution. Distilled water should display 100 in the digital panel. Then, dip the electrode in a 0.1N KCl solution. Calibration of the Conductivity meter Measuring conductivity Supernatant Liquid Determination of salinity 1-31
  • 39. A bit about supernatant liquid What is Supernatant liquid? The liquid that floats above a suspension after it has been allowed to stand for a while is termed “Supernatant”. When measuring conductivity, the conductivity cell should remain in the Supernatant liquid and not touch the soil below as shown. So, why are we measuring the conductivity of the supernatant liquid? After all, during the pH experiment we had specified that the soil should be in suspension while the reading was being taken. The supernatant liquid is a solution. The salts present in the soil dissolve in water and dissociate into ions, which are charged particles. The concentration of soluble salts in the soil may, therefore, be calculated from the conductivity of the supernatant liquid. Soil - water ratio? Why is that important? Soil to water ratio should be 1:2. The ratio influences the amount of salts in the extract. Some laboratories use different ratios while conducting this test. Either way, the ratio must (and is) always mentioned in a soil analysis report. 1-32 Determination of salinity
  • 40. Conductivity readings... Adjust the cell constant knob till the meter displays 14.1 m.mhos/cm. The soil water suspension from the pH experiment is allowed to stand till a clear supernatant liquid is obtained. After setting the range switch to maximum, the electrode is dipped in the supernatant liquid. Reduce the range setting on the meter one at a time till the most appropriate setting is found. In this case, the conductance of the soil sample is 1.20 m.mhos/cm. Calibration of the Conductivity meter Measuring conductivity Supernatant Liquid Determination of salinity 1-33
  • 41. 1-34 Determination of salinity
  • 42. Soil Testing - Determination of available organic Carbon Diphenylamine indicator being added drop by drop 1-35
  • 43. Introduction A bit about Oxidisable organic carbon... Decomposed plants and microbial residues are the constituents of organic matter. The percentage of oxidisable organic matter can be determined by multiplying its percentage of organic carbon by 1.724. Oxidisable organic carbon consists of partly decomposed residues of plants, animals and microorganisms. This constitutes most of the usable carbon present in the soil. The other forms of carbon which are present, but not useful as a source of nutrients, include inorganic carbon (such as carbonates), elemental carbon (such as coal and graphite) and completely decomposed organic carbon. For areas known to have very low organic matter content take 2g of soil in the conical flask, for peat soils, take 0.05g and for areas known to have about 1-2% of organic carbon content, take 0.5g of soil. Apparatus and reagents required 1N potassium dichromate solution, 0.5N ferrous ammonium sulphate solution, diphenylamine indicator, concentrated sulphuric acid and 85% orthophosphoric acid solution. 500mL conical flask, titration setup (50mL burette, chromyl chloride solution to clean the burette and titration stand) 10mL bulb-type pipette, chemical balance, 1000mL volumetric flask and two watch glasses. Why are two conical flasks used? This experiment is based upon the Walkley and Black method according to which soil is digested with chromic acid resulting in the oxidation of its organic content. The excess chromic acid is determined by titration with a standard ferrous ammonium sulphate solution. After titration, in the case of the soil sample, the amount of titrant consumed is obtained. The amount of titrant consumed in a blank titration (without soil) could be calculated stoichiometrically. But this would require accurate weighing of all the reagents involved in the reaction. Therefore, it is much simpler to perform a blank titration to obtain the required figures i.e. the volume of ferrous iron solution consumed. 1-36 Determination of oxidisable organic carbon
  • 44. Oxidising the carbon in the soil sample Take two 500mL conical flasks. Add 1g of soil to one of the flasks. Add 10mL of K2Cr2O7 to each of the flasks with a pipette. Oxidizing the carbon in the soil Titration of the soil sample suspension Blank Titration Calculations Determination of oxidisable organic carbon 1-37
  • 45. Precautions... Concentrated sulphuric acid is a very corrosive chemical. It fumes in contact with moisture. Observe the following precautions when using sulphuric acid : The acid must be poured into the beaker along a glass rod or along its inner walls. DO NOT use a pipette to measure out the acid - if any of the acid gets into your mouth, there might not be enough of it left to talk about the experience! This step should ideally be carried out in an Exhaust Cabinet because the fumes are extremely corrosive as well. Don’t try to smell the fumes however tempting it might seem! What happens during the half hour? The oxidisable organic carbon in soil is oxidised by potassium dichromate 3C + 2K2Cr2O7 + 8H2SO4 = 3CO2 + 8H2O + 2K2SO4 + 2Cr2 (SO4)3 Potassium dichromate is converted to potassium sulphate and chromium sulphate. Cr6+ is reduced to Cr3+. The colour of the oxidised form of chromium(Cr6+) is yellow (or orange) and that of it’s reduced form (Cr 3+ ) is green. The volume of K2Cr2O7 solution added to the soil should be large enough so that only a small fraction of it is reduced - which is indicated by yellow (or orange) c o l o u r o f t h e r e a c t i o n m e d i u m a f t e r c o m p l e t i o n o f ox i d a t i o n . This occurs over a period of 30 minutes. Because sulphuric acid fumes, reagents might get deposited on the watch glass. Therefore, when adding water, if you see flecks of chemicals deposited on the watch glass, rinse them and allow the water to drip into the conical flasks. 1-38 Determination of oxidisable organic carbon
  • 46. Oxidising the carbon in the soil sample With a measuring cylinder, add 20 mL. of concentrated sulphuric acid to each of the flasks. Cover the flasks with watch-glasses and allow them to stand for about half an hour. Then, add about 200 mL of distilled water to each of the flasks. Oxidizing the carbon in the soil Titration of the soil sample suspension Blank Titration Calculations Determination of oxidisable organic carbon 1-39
  • 47. Titration A bit about titration... Titration is a process by which the amount of an oxidisable or reducible substance in solution is determined by measuring the volume of a standard reagent required to react with it. The burette used must be cleaned with chromyl chloride prior to titration. Dirty burettes are the most common cause of errors. Carry out the blank titration first. This will give you a general idea about the volume of titrant, i.e., Ferrous ammonium sulphate that will be consumed. With this value in mind, the titration of the soil sample usually takes less time. Observe the colours that the solution assumes during the process. In the first phase, the solution is a dark burgundy. After a while, it turns violet. This indicates, approximately, the mid point of the titration. Local action is also observed at this point. The remainder of the titration needs to be carried out carefully, i.e., by agitating the contents of the flask after every 2 drops. The end-point is indicated by a sudden change of colour of the solution to viridian, or dark green. During the titration of the soil sample, all the indicative colours are more cloudy than those observed during the blank titration. This is due to suspended soil particles. Why is Orthophosphoric acid used? Orthophosphoric acid, H3PO4, is added so that the colour change at end point is clearly defined. Diphenylamine should be added just prior to titration. This is to avoid the potassium dichromate from oxidising the indicator instead of the organic content of the soil sample being tested. During titration, a small amount of diphenylamine is oxidised, however, the error is negligible. 1-40 Determination of oxidisable organic carbon
  • 48. Blank Titration Add 10mL of orthophosphoric acid to each of the flasks. Just prior to titration, add about 10 drops of Diphenylamine indicator to the flask. The solution turns a dark burgundy. The blank titration is done first. Titration is done with a 0.5N Ferrous ammonium sulphate solution. Oxidizing the carbon in the soil Titration of the soil sample suspension Blank Titration Calculations Determination of oxidisable organic carbon 1-41
  • 49. Local action... And a few calculations What is local action? Local action is a phenomenon observed midway during titration. At this stage, even though the titration is not complete, a faint, localised “end point” may be observed in the solution where the titrant drops fall. To observe local action during this experiment allow a drop of titrant, i.e., Ferrous ammonium sulphate, to drop on the solution without agitating the flask as is normally done during titration.The solution in the immediate vicinity of the drop turns green momentarily. A few Calculations... The CD-ROM has a Chemical calculator that does all the work for you but since we’ve set out to understand the science behind Agricultural Biotechnology, let’s dive headfirst into yet another bout with theory — and learn a bit about Stoichiometry. The Appendix contains an article that explains why you need to add and divide all these numbers... The percentage of oxidisable organic carbon (%OC) in the soil sample is given by % O.C. = [VK x (1– VS/VB) x SK x 0.3] / W where Vk = Volume of Potassium dichromate solution VS = Volume of Ferrous iron solution consumed in titration with soil VB = Volume of Ferrous iron solution consumed in blank titration Sk = Strength of Potassium dichromate solution W = Weight of soil 1-42 Determination of oxidisable organic carbon
  • 50. Indicative colours during titration... Midway through the titration, the colour of the solution turns to clear purple. At this stage, local action may be observed. End point is indicated by a sudden change of colour to viridian, or dark green. Titrate the soil sample as well. Notice that all the indicative colours with the soil sample are cloudy. The picture shows the titrated soil sample suspension at end point. Oxidizing the carbon in the soil Titration of the soil sample suspension Blank Titration Calculations Determination of oxidisable organic carbon 1-43
  • 51. 1-44 Determination of oxidisable organic carbon
  • 52. Soil Testing - Determination of available Nitrogen Ammonia bubbling up the neck of a Kjeldahl flask 1-45
  • 53. A bit about the Experiment A bit about the Experiment Plants generally take up nitrogen as nitrate under aerobic conditions. In anaerobic situations, some crops, such as rice, can take up nitrogen as ammonium ions. Most of the nitrogen present in soil is present in complex compounds. This is considered as a potential reserve source and, as such, it may be measured to assess the nitrogen-supplying capacity of the soil. Soil testing centres do not usually conduct a separate test for determining the quantity of available nitrogen in a soil sample brought to them for testing. Instead, they calculate this quantity directly from the quantity of oxidisable organic carbon. And how exactly is that possible? The ratio of the amount of oxidisable organic carbon is proportional to the amount of nitrogen in a given area. The ratio is unique to each region. These ratios have been tabulated. In Nimpith, where VIB is located, the ratio is 1 : 5. With this value, we need only perform the organic carbon test to determine the quatities of both nitrogen and oxidisable organic carbon. Apparatus and reagents required Boric acid solution, Mixed indicator, 0.32% potassium permanganate solution, 2.5% sodium hydroxide solution, liquid paraffin. Kjeldahl flask(s), distillation setup, titration setup, 250mL conical flask and a few glass beads. Glass beads and liquid paraffin These are used to reduce frothing and the formation of bubbles in the solution when the flask is heated. The bubbles may carry soil into the delivery tube and deposit them in the conical flask connected to the other end of the tube. The presence of soil makes it hard to detect the end point when we titrate the contents of the conical flask. More on this topic later... 1-46 Determination of Available Nitrogen
  • 54. Extracting the Nitrogen as Ammonia Take 20g of soil in a Kjeldahl Flask. Add 20mL of distilled water. Coat a few glass beads in liquid paraffin and put them in the flask. Extracting the Nitrogen as Ammonia Calculations Titration of the condensate Determination of Available Nitrogen 1-47
  • 55. Extracting the Nitrogen as Ammonia A bit about Kjeldahl and the flask he invented... A Danish chemist called J.G.C.T. Kjeldahl came up with the brilliant idea of estimating nitrogen concentrations in organic substances by distilling it out as ammonia — which can be easily assayed. For boiling the organic substance, he made a round-bottomed glass flask with a long neck. A special heat-resistant glass is used which does not crack when heated to high temperatures and is expposed to relatively cooler liquids at the same time. The entire assembly is called a Kjeldahl setup or unit and the flask also bears its inventor’s name. 1-48 Determination of Available Nitrogen
  • 56. Extracting the Nitrogen as Ammonia Then add 100mL each of 0.32% potassium permanganate and 2.5% sodium hydroxide solutions. Heat the flask to about 80oC on an electric heater. Ammonia is evolved. The gas escapes into the delivery tube attached to the Kjeldahl flask. Extracting the Nitrogen as Ammonia Calculations Titration of the condensate Determination of Available Nitrogen 1-49
  • 57. Extracting the Nitrogen as Ammonia Why do we use mixed indicator? In this test the pH changes at two distinct points. The first is when the ammonia is absorbed by the boric acid and the solution changes from bright pink to green. The second occurs during the titration of the solution with sulphuric acid. The solution then changes back to pink. These changes occur at different pH values and a single indicator is not sufficient since indicators exhibit a colour shift only in a small pH range. Thus, we need two indicators which will show us both these changes. Hence a mixed indicator — which is a mixture of Methyl Red, Bromocresol green and Ethanol — is used in this experiment. 1-50 Determination of Available Nitrogen
  • 58. Titration of the condensate The evolved gases condense and are collected in a conical flask containing Boric Acid solution and Mixed Indicator. The Ammonia is absorbed by the acid — indicated by a change in colour of the solution to green. Continue boiling the contents of the Kjeldahl flask till about 100mL of distillate is collected. Titrate the distillate with 0.02N sulphuric acid. Extracting the Nitrogen as Ammonia Calculations Titration of the condensate Determination of Available Nitrogen 1-51
  • 59. Titration of the condensate My end point is brown! You did not pour in enough paraffin. Or, perhaps, you didn't use enough glass beads. These ingredients are added to reduce the surface tension of the solution in the Kjeldahl flasks. This greatly reduces bubble formation... The bubbles often carry small amounts of soil and deposit it in the conical flask. This “muddies” the indicative colours during titration and hence the end point appears brownish... A few calculations Substitute the observed volume, V, of sulphuric acid consumed in the following equation to calculate the amount of available nitrogen (in kg per hectare) of the soil sample — V X 31.36 kg/Ha 1-52 Determination of Available Nitrogen
  • 60. Titration of the condensate... and Calculations Local action is observed distinctly during titration. End-point is indicated by a change in colour from green to a brownish-pink. Note the value of sulphuric acid consumed. Carry out a blank titration — with the contents of the conical flask corresponding to the Kjeldahl flask without soil. Extracting the Nitrogen as Ammonia Calculations Titration of the condensate Determination of Available Nitrogen 1-53
  • 61. Titration of the condensate... and Calculations 1-54 Determination of Available Nitrogen
  • 62. Soil Testing - Determination of available Potassium Flame view - the orange-red colour indicates the presence of potassium 1-55
  • 63. A bit about Potassium A bit about potassium In soil, potassium may be found in four compound forms - Water soluble, Exchangeable, Fixed and Lattice-bound. Of these, plants are interested only in the first two since they cannot assimilate potassium when it is present in the last two types of compounds. Potassium is the most abundant meta-cation in plant cells. Oddly though, soil humus furnishes very little potassium during decomposition. Also, it occurs in plants only as a mobile, soluble ion, K+, rather than as an integral part of any specific compound - but, it is known to affect important aspects of a plants life such as cell division, formation of carbohydrates, translocation of sugars and resistance of the plant to certain diseases. Over 60 enzyme actions are known to require potassium for activation. Which is why it forms the “K” part of the NPK trio - the three major important elements that plants require for proper growth. Incidentally, the “K” comes from “Kalium” which is what potassium used to be called. And a bit about the experiment In the next experiment, when testing for phosphorus, we will learn about a technique called curve fitting. This experiment also uses the same principle but the curve fitting itself is done electronically by the machine itself. So what machine are we talking about? It’s called a Flame Photometer. It consists of two parts — the gas compressor (that’s the first picture on the right) and the Aspirator/Measurement unit (the second picture). The principle on which this gizmo operates is that every element, when burnt in a flame, emits energy in a set series of wavelengths. Simply put, each element burns with a different colour. Further, the intensity of colour is directly proportional to the concentration of the element. So, by measuring the intensity of colour of flame aspirated with the sample, and comparing it with a known set of colour intensities, the photometer c a n d e t e r m i n e t h e c o n c e n t ra t i o n o f p o t a s s i u m i n t h e s a m p l e . The gas compressor regulates the flow of LPG to the Photometer. The gas burns with a nearly colourless (or faint blue) flame. The soil sample extract is then sucked into the flame in minute quantites. This causes the water to vapourise instantly and the compounds in it burn in the flame. The colour of the flame changes depending upon the elements present in the extract. This is detected by electronic sensors which calculate the intensity of the colour. Potassium burns with an orange-yellow flame. Apparatus and reagents list is on page 1-60 1-56 Determination of available Potassium
  • 64. Calibrating the photometer Set the Compressor to supply gas at a pressure of 0.45kg/cm2. Ignite the flame and then calibrate the photometer with solutions whose potassium concentrations are known. The calibration must be done with 4 standard solutions. Calibrating the Flame Photometer Measuring the concentration Extracting the Potassium from the sample Calculations Determination of available Potassium 1-57
  • 65. Calibrating a Flame Photometer Enter “Calibration” mode We’re working with pretty The smart meter now using the control panel. high concentrations of realises that it needs to The buttons you have to Potassium here. plot a Standard Curve. So press will vary for different you need to tell it how models. Some meters are designed many standard samples for micro-analysis — like you’re going to use to plot Usually, you’ll see a the one here. In our case, the curve. We’ll use 4 numbered list of options. we need to tell it to expect samples. Most meters are In this case, we press “5” Potassium in high good enough to accurately on the numeric keypad to concentrations. “fit a curve” with this enter Calibration mode. number of samples. It now wants to know the Sampling time! Aspirate The flame colour changes concentrations, in ppm, of each of the stock solutions immediately to a bright the standard solutions one by one — in the order orange-yellow. The we’re going to use. Here, in which you keyed them change in intensity of the we use solutions with 100, into the meter. We typed colour will be barely 75, 50 and 25 ppm in the concentrations in noticable to the naked concentrations. descending order (100,75, eye. The meter however, 50,25), so, we’ll have to can distinguish each a s p i ra t e t h e 1 0 0 p p m colour precisely. solution first. 1-58 Determination of available Potassium
  • 66. Calibrating a Flame Photometer After each sample is The flame becomes After aspirating distilled aspirated, the meter colourless when distilled water, repeat with the next demands a “washing” with water is aspirated. It might Standard sample. Note distilled water — just like also be a faint blue colour. that the display in the the E.C. meter and the pH The picture here has been picture reads STD4, or m e t e r. N o t i c e h o w deliberately modified to Standard Sample No. 4. different measuring exaggerate the colour of apparatus all have the the flame — so that you This was taken when we’d same operating principles. can easily compare the already aspirated the first It’s really quite simple — flame colours with and three samples. Now, we no magic, just science! without the sample. aspirate the 4th sample. Between each sample, the Calibration is over. Now, Shubham, it seems, has meter will ask you to the meter is ready to test no question to ask on this aspirate distilled water. the soil sample extract - topic and wants to get on After all the 4 samples are we don’t know the with the experiment! aspirated, the meter concentration of Potassium sounds a satisfied beep in this. The meter will and tells you happily that analyse the colour of the calibration is over. flame, plot its density on the standard curve that it’s drawn for itself and tell us t h e c o n c e n t ra t i o n o f Potassium. Calibrating the Flame Photometer Measuring the concentration Extracting the Potassium from the sample Calculations Determination of available Potassium 1-59
  • 67. Extracting the potassium from the soil sample Ammonium Acetate? Why is this used? Like in the Phosphorus experiment, we need to find a way to extract the Exchangeable Potassium from the soil sample. That’s what Ammonium acetate is used for. The ratio of soil : Ammonium acetate should be 1:5. That is, if you used 5.0g of soil, take 25mL of ammonium acetate. Ammonium acetate dissociates to yield ammonium ions CH3COONH4- CH3COO- + NH4+ The NH4+ ions replace the K+ ions, held on exchange sites of soil colloids. As a result, K+ ions are released into solution. Perfect for our purpose! The chemical equation above has two arrows pointing in both directions. This indicates a reversible reaction — i.e. one that occurs simultaneously in both directions. However, each reversible reaction has an equilibrium point at which the rates of both the forward and backward reactions remain constant. Chemistry can be a really exciting subject! You can find out more about reversible equations in any textbook on Physical Chemistry. See the Appendix for a list. Apparatus and reagents required 1N ammonium acetate solution of pH 7.0, 1000ppm potassium solution of pH 7.0. 10mL pipette, 150mL conical flask with a rubber stopper, 50mL volumetric flask, 100mL measuring cylinder, a funnel, Whatman no. 42 filter paper and a flame photometer. This experiment is shown using a direct read-out electronic flame photmeter. 1-60 Determination of available Potassium
  • 68. Extracting the potassium from the soil sample Take 5g of soil in a 150mL conical flask. Add 25mL of 1N Ammonium Acetate. The pH of the solution should be 7.0. Cork the flask and agitate its contents for about 30 minutes. This can be done with a mechanical shaker. Calibrating the Flame Photometer Measuring the concentration Extracting the Potassium from the sample Calculations Determination of available Potassium 1-61
  • 69. Extracting the potassium from the soil sample Whatman No. 42... Whatman No. 1... Who is this man called What? It’s a brand name. “Whatman”, the company, makes filter paper — and a lot of other paper products used in Chemical analysis. The paper is graded according to its relative porosity. Hence, No. 1, No. 42 etc. An interesting feature of these papers is that they are “ashless”. This means that you can burn them and they do not leave behind a residue. This property is useful in a lot of experiments — such as gravimetric analysis, in which the filter paper is burned after it is used for filtration thereby leaving all the precipitate behind for weighing. Neat! Also, whoever started up the company was probably called “Whatman”... If that helps at all.... 1-62 Determination of available Potassium
  • 70. Extracting the potassium from the soil sample Filter the suspension through Whatman No. 42 paper. The filtrate is used for determining Potassium concentration. Transfer the filtrate to beakers for use with the Flame Photometer. Aspirate the filtrate (the soil sample extract). Calibrating the Flame Photometer Measuring the concentration Extracting the Potassium from the sample Calculations Determination of available Potassium 1-63
  • 71. Calculations... The results and some calculations.... Easy as pie! The smart Flame Photometer tells you the concentration of Potassium in the extract after politely asking you to wait for a while. In our case, the concentration of Potassium was 22.3. The K 2 O content of the soil is calculated using this formula - K20 (in kg/hectare)= [ 2 X CK ppm X Ve ] / Ws where CK ppm = Concentration of the Potassium in ppm obtained from the Photometer Ve = Volume of Ammonium Acetate used Ws = Weight of soil taken, in grams You can use Chemi-Calc, the calculator on the CD-ROM, to do the calculations. Or, if you want to show off a bit as well (like the Photometer did), use this trick Multiply the CK ppm amount by 10! Remember that the ratio of soil to extractant used should be 1 : 5. Which means that if you followed the steps, you would have taken 5g of soil and 25mL of Ammonium acetate. Those values then cancel out to give 5 in the numerator part of the equation. Multiply that by 2(also in the numerator) and you get [ CK ppm X 10] But beware, the trick works ONLY if you measured out the Ammonium acetate and the soil carefully to at least a couple of decimal places. So 25.01mL and 5.02g of soil is fine. But 25.5 mL and 5.2g of soil means your experiment will be approximately OK but you cannot show off with the calculation trick! The formula gives you the amount of K2O present in the soil (in kg per hectare). To find the amount of Potassium multiply the result from the calculation above by 0.83. However, this is not necessary for recommendation since we are interested in the K2O amount — Why? Because that’s the compound that Fertilizers Companies refer to! They aren’t very smart, are they? 1-64 Determination of available Potassium
  • 72. Measuring the concentration of Potassium in the soil sample Presence of potassium is indicated if the flame changes to a yellow-orange colour. The minute colour differences between the colours emitted by different elements are not distinguishable by the naked eye. The flame view is provided primarily for adjusting the stability of the flame and verifying that the nozzles of the aspirator are not contaminated by residues from previous experiments. The concentration of Potassium, in ppm, is displayed on the screen after a few seconds. Most soil testing labs are not equipped with direct-display Photometers like the one used here. Older equipment requires the user to plot a Standard Curve manually on Graph Paper. If such equipment is used, the process described in Section 7 (the procedure used to determine the amount of Phosphorus) is applicable here as well. Calibrating the Flame Photometer Measuring the concentration Extracting the Potassium from the sample Calculations Determination of available Potassium 1-65
  • 73. 1-66 Determination of available Potassium
  • 74. Soil Testing - Determination of available Phosphorus The blue colour indicates presence of phosphorus 1-67
  • 75. Preparing a Standard Curve A bit about available Phosphorus... Phosphorus occurs in soil in both organic and inorganic forms, most of which is not easily available to plants. A portion of the total Phosphorus is absorbed by plants during their growth in the form of H2PO4= . This is what we refer to as available phosphorus. What is a Standard Curve and what is it’s use? Simply put, it is a graphical means of determining unknowns that are variables of a linear equation. The catch is, that this is an equation of the form y = n x, where n might vary randomly as x varies. So how is that linear, you may ask. It is, approximately, because if we define n as n + e, then we find that e is a very small positive or negative number. The easier method to solve the problem, is to plot, on graph paper, a few (x,y) pairs and draw ONE line — the Standard Curve — connecting as many points as possible. If e was a relatively large number then we would have no option but to resort to esoteric mathematical tools like regression analysis because then the equation would cease to be approximately linear. But because e is a small number, we would find that most points are either on — or very close to — the straight line drawn and points are scattered almost equally on either side of the line. Then, to find the value of y for any given x (or vice versa) all you need to do is find the corresponding point on the line. Thus, we’ve found the solution to a linear equation by graphical means. Let’s call it the Graph Technique. Sounds difficult? It isn’t. As an exercise, try plotting the following value pairs on a sheet of graph paper (x,y) = (0 , 0) , (1.1 , 1) , (4.9 , 5) , ( 6.2 , 6) , (7.3 , 7) and (11 , 11). Draw a line that joins the points - you will find that the points are scattered to either side of the straight line joining (0 , 0) and (11 , 11). Using this line, find out the value of y when x is 8. You get y = 8. Now, the actual value of y might not be 8 exactly, but the graph shows that it would be pretty close to 8, if not exactly 8. In most cases, as in our present experiment, the small error is negligible. Apparatus and reagents required Olsen's extractant or Bray and Kurtz No. 1 extractant, Standard 100ppm phosphate solution, ammonium molybdate reagent (containing antimony potassium tartrate and ascorbic acid), 2,4-dinitrophenol, P-free charcoal. Eight 25mL volumetric flasks, 10mL graduated pipette, 10mL measuring cylinder, a funnel, graph paper, Whatman No. 42 filter paper and a colorimeter. 1-68 Determination of available Phosphorus
  • 76. Preparing a Standard Curve Take eight 25 mL volumetric flasks and add 1mL, 2mL, 3mL, 4mL, 5mL and 10mL of 2 ppm Phosphate solution to six of them. Leave two flasks blank. Add 5mL of a 2ppm Standard Phosphate solution to one of the empty flasks. Add 5mL of Olsen's Reagent to the same flask. Preparing a Standard Curve Measuring the concentration of Phosphorus Extracting Phosphorus from the soil sample Calculations Determination of available Phosphorus 1-69
  • 77. Preparing a Standard Curve A step-by-step description of the process... First we need to plot a Standard Curve. In this test, it is plotted to determine, approximately, the relationship between the intensity of colour and the needle deflection of the Colorimeter (the reading on the scale) — the assumption being that the relationship would be linear. It is linear, by the way... Which makes this an ideal candidate for using the Graph Technique described on page no. 1-68. Now, we need a few stock solutions of Phosphorus to plot the Standard Curve. We take 6 such solutions. Then, we need to find out how much the Colorimeter would read when the solutions are placed in it. At this stage two problems crop up — (1) The Phosphorus in the soil is present primarily as a Phosphate of Calcium, Iron and Aluminium — which are all colourless. So the Phosphorus needs to be extracted AND (2) the new compound, in solution, must have a colour whose intensity varies linearly with respect to its concentration. The extraction part is done by adding either Olsen’s extractant which is a 0.5M NaHCO3 solution or by Bray and Kurtz No.1 Extractant. Ammonium molybdate reagent or "Reagent B" (which is a cocktail of Ammonium Molybdate, Tartarate and ascorbic acid) is used to obtain a heteropoly complex called phosphomolybdic acid, which is reduced, partially, by the ascorbic to give a blue coloured solution. The amount of the complex produced is directly proportional to the Phosphorus concentration. Problem solved! The two flasks to which we did NOT add any stock solution are used to simplify a technical hitch (see page 1-78) when Olsen's extractant is used. The Flask with Olsen's reagent described in the facing page will be used to carry out a mini-titration to determine the amount of acid required to lower the solution's pH to 3. The other flask will be used as a "blank". This lets us know if any of the chemicals we are using contain Phosphorus as an impurity. Shubham will be lurking on these pages to elaborate as we discuss the steps of the experiment! 1-70 Determination of available Phosphorus
  • 78. Preparing a Standard Curve Add two drops of 2,4-dinitrophenol indicator to the flask. The solution turns yellow. Then, with a graduated pipette or dropper, add 2.5M Sulphuric acid to the flask till the yellow colour is discharged. This indicates that the pH of the solution is 3. Note down the volume of acid consumed. In our test, 0.4mL of acid was required to lower the pH when 5mL of Olsen's reagent was added. This flask is not needed any more and may be removed from the work area. This leaves 7 flasks — 6 with standard phosphate solutions and one empty flask for the blank test. Preparing a Standard Curve Measuring the concentration of Phosphorus Extracting Phosphorus from the soil sample Calculations Determination of available Phosphorus 1-71
  • 79. Preparing a Standard Curve More on the pH value The value obtained in the previous step — 0.4mL of acid — pertained to 5mL of Olsen's extractant. So, if we use, say, 50mL of the reagent, we need to add 4mL of 2.5M sulphuric acid to adjust the pH of the solution. Since we've standardised the procedure (always using 5mL of filtrate and so on) the value obtained earlier — 0.4mL — is used throughout. 1-72 Determination of available Phosphorus
  • 80. Preparing a Standard Curve We now have seven flasks left. To each of the flasks, add 5mL of Olsen's reagent. Add exactly 0.4mL of 2.5M Sulphuric Acid to each of the flasks to adjust the pH of the solution to 3. Add approximately 10mL of distilled water to each of the flasks. Then, add 4mL of Reagent B — the Ammonium Molybdate reagent mixture - to each of the flasks. The picture shows the reagent being pipetted into the flask containing 10mL of the Standard Phosphate solution. Preparing a Standard Curve Measuring the concentration of Phosphorus Extracting Phosphorus from the soil sample Calculations Determination of available Phosphorus 1-73
  • 81. Using a colorimeter Using the Colorimeter Colorimeters are usually analogue — measurements are indicated by the deflection of a needle over a semicircular scale — and they look very ancient in the laboratory, surrounded by digital equipment. However, they are very precise instruments as well! Colorimeters have a light-proof slot where the sample to be tested is inserted. If the sample is opaque, a full-scale deflection is observed, whereas a transparent sample does not cause any deflection of the needle. Calibration The zero and full scale deflections are set by “measuring” a sample of distilled water and a black, opaque cylinder (that comes as a standard accessory with the meter and is designed specifically for this purpose.) Turn the adjustment knob to set the needle to the zero when calibrating with distilled water. With the opaque cylinder in the metering slot, turn the adjustment knob so that the needle deflects all the way and stops in front of the “infinity” mark. More on the Standard Curve... After you’ve measured the optical densities of all the six solutions, plot them on a sheet of graph paper. The concentrations of Phosphorus in each of the flasks, in parts per million, go on the x-axis, while the corresponding optical densities go on the y-axis. Draw a straight line that connects most of the dots. That’s your Standard Curve! By the way, you might be wondering why it’s called the Standard Curve when it is a straight line. Well, it would be a curve if the equation were not linear. For instance, if the relationship between y and x were quadratic ( y = nx2 + c) then the graph would be a curve. Besides, (and this might sound silly) mathematically, a straight line is also a curve! 1-74 Determination of available Phosphorus
  • 82. Preparing a Standard Curve Add distilled water to each of the flasks till the volume of solution in them is exactly 25mL The 25mL value is to be maintained for all solutions. The value determines the concentration of the phosphate solution. Remember that ppm is a measure of concentration. Allow the flasks to stand for 10 minutes. The solutions assume a blue tinge. Measure the optical densities of all the solutions using a colorimeter. The blank sample should register a "zero" deflection while the sample with 10mL of the standard phosphate solution should register the highest optical density. Preparing a Standard Curve Measuring the concentration of Phosphorus Extracting Phosphorus from the soil sample Calculations Determination of available Phosphorus 1-75
  • 83. Phosphorus free or not... On to the extraction We have the Standard Curve and now we proceed to extracting the Phosphorus from the soil sample. This is the part that you will be doing more often since a Standard Curve only needs to be prepared once a day. Remember to note down the volume of acid used to adjust the pH of Olsen's Reagent. In our case, the volume is 0.4mL. Olsen’s Method This method is used to extract Phosphorus in soils with pH above 6. The Bray and Kurtz Method is employed to extract Phosphorus from soils with pH below 6. The reagent used for extraction, in this case is a solution of 0.03 N Ammonium fluoride in 0.025 N HCl. Olsen's reagent is added at 1 : 20 ratio to the soil. Thus, when 2.5g of soil are taken for extraction, 50mL of Olsen's Reagent is to be used. Bray and Kurtz Reagent is added at a 1 : 10 ratio. Usually you will find yourself using Olsen’s Method more often. The steps followed for employing both the methods are identical except for the ratio mentioned above. Preparation of the Standard Curve should also be done with the same reagent used for extraction. 1-76 Determination of available Phosphorus
  • 84. Extracting Phosphorus from the sample Take 2.5g of soil in a 150mL conical flask. Add about 0.5g of Phosphorus-free charcoal to the conical flask. Prior pH tests on the soil sample indicate that its pH is 7.2. Hence, Olsen's Reagent is used as an extractant. Add 50mL of Olsen's Reagent to the flask. Preparing a Standard Curve Measuring the concentration of Phosphorus Extracting Phosphorus from the soil sample Calculations Determination of available Phosphorus 1-77
  • 85. Extracting Phosphorus from the sample 2,4-dinitrophenol and ascorbic acid 2,4-dinitrophenol is used as an indicator. The test is to be carried out at a pH of 3.0. Therefore, we add 2.5M sulphuric acid, drop by drop, till the yellow colour of the 2,4-dinitrophenol is discharged indicating that the pH of the solution is exactly 3.0. This causes a conflict with Reagent B — the ammonium molybdate mixed with antimony potassium tartarate and ascorbic acid. Ascorbic acid cannot be used if we use 2,4-dinitrophenol. Some laboratories use stannous chloride in conjunction with pure ammonium molybdate. The problem with this method is that the blue complex formed is very unstable and the colour disappears in a few minutes. In a soil testing centre, where you could be testing 100 samples everyday, you cannot use Stannous Chloride. So we have a bit of problem! The solution is to carry out a kind of “mini-titration” to determine exactly how much 2.5M sulphuric acid is required to bring the pH of the solution down to 3.0. We do this by adding 5mL of Olsen’s Extractant to a 10mL volumetric flask and then adding two drops of 2,4-dinitrophenol. The solution assumes a yellow colour. Then, we add 2.5M Sulphuric acid to the flask drop by drop through a graduated pipette, till the yellow colour is discharged. This gives us the amount of acid required to correct the pH for 5mL of extractant. Note that one does not need to lower the pH when using Bray and Kurtz Extractant. After addition of this reagent, we directly add 4mL of Reagent B and then top up with distilled water to 20mL. 1-78 Determination of available Phosphorus
  • 86. Extracting Phosphorus from the sample Agitate the contents of the flasks for half an hour in a mechanical shaker. Filter the suspension through Whatman No. 42 filter paper. Then, transfer exactly 5mL of the filtrate to a 25mL volumetric flask. Add 0.4 mL of 2.5M Sulphuric acid. Preparing a Standard Curve Measuring the concentration of Phosphorus Extracting Phosphorus from the soil sample Calculations Determination of available Phosphorus 1-79
  • 87. The Standard Curve 0.16 0.14 0.12 0.10 Optical Density 0.08 0.06 0.04 0.02 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 Concentration of Phosphorus (in ppm) The Standard Curve...again The relation between concentration and optical density is linear. And like we know, it is plotted by measuring the optical densities of solutions with known strengths — marked red. After you’ve completed the experiment, you have an optical density reading of a solution with an unknown concentration of phosphorus - marked blue. The x-axis value gives you the concentration, in ppm, of phosphorus in the soil sample. A Standard Curve is usually prepared daily in the soil testing lab. Calculations Substitute the ppm concentration of phosphorus obtained into the following equation to obtain the availibility per hectare. P2O5 (kg/hectare) = Vc x Ve x cppm x 2 x 2.2 /Vf x W where cppm = ppm concentration obtained from the standard curve Vc = Volume of the coloured solution in mL Ve = Volume of extractant taken for extraction of P from soil in mL Vf = Volume of filtrate taken for colour development in mL W = Weight of soil taken in grams 1-80 Determination of available Phosphorus
  • 88. Measuring the concentration of Phosphorus Add 4mL of ammonium molybdate reagent. The solution turns blue within a few minutes. Add distilled water to the flask till the volume of solution in it is exactly 25mL. The solution turns blue. After 10 minutes, measure the optical density of the solution in a Colorimeter. Plot the value on the standard curve you obtained earlier. This is marked in blue on the Standard Curve on the facing page. Preparing a Standard Curve Measuring the concentration of Phosphorus Extracting Phosphorus from the soil sample Calculations Determination of available Phosphorus 1-81
  • 89. 1-82 Determination of available Phosphorus
  • 90. Soil Testing - Determination of Gypsum requirement At end-point, the solution changes from a wine-red to a greenish-blue 1-83
  • 91. A bit about the experiment A bit about the experiment Alkali soils contain large amounts of sodium. This element has huge ions. Soil aeration and permeability are two conditions that are adversely affected by the monstrous Sodium atoms hogging space. To improve the situation, Sodium cations (Cations are atoms that have lost an electron and, hence, are positively charged) are displaced by Calcium cations. The Sodium is then leached away by percolating water. Gypsum — CaSO4.2H20 — is used as a source of Calcium. The following pages describe the test to determine how much Gypsum needs to be applied to a field. Apparatus and reagents required Two 250mL conical flasks, a 150mL conical flask, a funnel, Whatman No. 42 filter paper, titration setup. Saturated gypsum solution, ammonium hydroxide-ammonium chloride buffer solution, EBT indicator, EDTA solution. 1-84 Determination of Gypsum requirement
  • 92. Adding Gypsum to the soil sample Ta ke t w o 2 5 0 m L c o n i c a l f l a s k s To one of the flasks, add 5g of soil. Leave the other flask empty. It will be used to carry out a blank test. To the flask containing soil, add 100mL of a saturated gypsum solution. Determination of Gypsum requirement 1-85
  • 93. Adding Gypsum to the soil sample Remember this... Add 5mL of the SAME gypsum solution that you added to the soil sample. The experiment is to determine how much Gypsum in the 100mL solution is adsorbed by the soil sample. The amount of gypsum adsorbed directly affects the strength of the solution. We compare the strengths of the two solutions by titrating equal volumes — 5mL of filtrate and 5mL of the original solution. The difference in the volume of EDTA consumed in both the titrations is used to determine the Gypsum requirement of the field where the sample was taken. 1-86 Determination of Gypsum requirement
  • 94. Adding Gypsum to the soil sample To the other flask, add 5mL of the same saturated gypsum solution. Agitate the soil suspension in a mechanical shaker for 5 minutes. Filter the suspension through Whatman No. 42 filter paper. Determination of Gypsum requirement 1-87
  • 95. Why add a buffer? Why do we add the buffer solution? If iron is present in large amounts in the soil sample, it will interfere with the titration and skew the results. The ammonium hydroxide-ammonium chloride buffer stabilises the pH of the solution at 10. This is highly alkaline and causes any Iron present in the solution to precipitate as a hydroxide — thereby ensuring that the titration gives us the required results. Other elements such as copper and nickel are also present in most soils but not in amounts enough to cause significant errors in the experiment. 1-88 Determination of Gypsum requirement
  • 96. Titration of the filtrate Transfer 5mL of the filtrate to a 150mL conical flask. Then, add 1mL of ammonium chloride- ammonium hydroxide buffer solution and 25mL of distilled water to both the flasks - the flask for the blank test and the flask with 5mL of filtrate. Add 2-3 drops of EBT indicator. The solutions assume a wine-red colour. Determination of Gypsum requirement 1-89
  • 97. A few calculations A sight for sore eyes... One of the most interesting aspects of Analytical Chemistry are the colours one sees. Fiery reds, moody blues and shocking pinks... They're all on display. Titration is a case in point. Even veteran chemists are sometimes distracted by the beautiful display of a solution magically changing colour. This particular titration is perhaps the most interesting of the ones described in this book. Wine Red to blue... The introductory page to this section contains a full page picture of the solution at end-point. A few calculations... The amount of Gypsum that the soil sample requires is calculated by substituting values into the following formula - Gypsum requirement (tons/Ha) = SEDTA(Vb-Vs) X 688.68 where Vs = Volume of the EDTA required for titration of the soil filtrate Vb = Volume of the EDTA required for blank titration SEDTA = Strength (in N) of the EDTA solution 1-90 Determination of Gypsum requirement
  • 98. Titrating the filtrate and the blank Titrate with EDTA. End Point is indicated by a change in colour to blue-green. Note down the value of EDTA consumed. Titrate the blank next. Note down the volume of EDTA consumed. Determination of Gypsum requirement 1-91
  • 99. 1-92 Determination of Gypsum requirement
  • 100. Soil Testing - Reagent preparation Extraction of phosphorus using Olsen’s Reagent 1-93
  • 101. Take all the usual precautions while using chemicals — The bibliograpy at the end of this manual lists quite a few books on lab-practice. Read one of them. Or, ask a lab technician to show you the precautions. Observing a technician at work is not recommended — lab technicians sometimes skip safety measures while they work. Ask them to explain the procedures to you while they're not at work. 1-94 Reagent preparation
  • 102. We’ve followed a graphical method of explaining the procedure for preparing lab reagents. Most of the reagents are prepared simply by adding a weighed amount of solid (crystalline) reagent to distilled water and mixing the two. A 1L volumetric flask is commonly used. In cases where the reagent may not be soluble in distilled water at room temperature, a little acid is also added to the mixture. The preparation procedure is described in a step-by-step format. The capacity of the container is mentioned to its left. Make sure you use a flask/beaker of the right capacity. 1L The colour that the solution assumes at the END is shown in a circle below the container capacity. A white circle indicates a colourless solution. If the flask needs to be heated, it is indicated by an orange “flame” at the bottom. A step that involves corrosive chemicals is indicated by a red circle. A step that involves transfer of the solution to another container midway through the preparation (for, say, filtration) is indicated by an arrow p o i n t i n g o u t wa r d f r o m t h e c o n t a i n e r. Step 1 Step 2 Add 20mL of sulphuric acid Filter the solution and store in a reagent bottle Reagent preparation 1-95
  • 103. 1N Potassium Dichromate 1L Take 49.04g of potassium dichromate and put it in the flask Add 800mL of distilled water Agitate the contents by shaking the flask gently till the salt dissolves After the salt is dissolved, add more distilled water till the volume of the solution is 1L 1-96 Reagent preparation
  • 104. 0.5N Ferrous Ammonium Sulphate 1L Take 196.1g of ferrous ammonium sulphate in the flask Add 700mL of distilled water Add about 20mL of concentrated sulphuric acid. DO NOT use a pipette — use a measuring cylinder Agitate the contents by shaking the flask gently till the salt dissolves. After the salt is dissolved, add more distilled water till the volume of the solution is 1L Reagent preparation 1-97
  • 105. SMP Buffer solution (pH 7.5) 1L 1.8g of p-nitrophenol 2g of Calcium acetate 2.5mL of triethanolamine 3g of Potassium Chromate 53g Calcium Chloride Add 800mL of distilled water Agitate the contents by shaking the flask gently till the salts dissolve After the salt is dissolved, add more distilled water till the volume of the solution is 1L Adjust the pH of the solution to 7.5 with dilute Sodium Hydroxide. 1-98 Reagent preparation
  • 106. Diphenylamine Indicator 250mL Take 500mg of Diphenylamine indicator powder in the beaker Add 20mL of distilled water Add about 100mL of concentrated sulphuric acid. DO NOT use a pipette — use a measuring cylinder Agitate the contents by shaking the flask gently till the indicator dissolves After the salt is dissolved, store it in a brown reagent bottle Reagent preparation 1-99
  • 107. 0.32% Potassium Dichromate 1L Take 3.2g of potassium dichromate in the flask Add 800mL of distilled water Agitate the contents by shaking the flask gently till the salt dissolves After the salt is dissolved, add more distilled water till the volume of the solution is 1L 1-100 Reagent preparation
  • 108. 2.5% Sodium Hydroxide 1-74 1L Take 25g of sodium hydroxide in the flask Add 800mL of distilled water Agitate the contents by shaking the flask gently till the salt dissolves After the salt is dissolved, add more distilled water till the volume of the solution is 1L Reagent preparation 1-101
  • 109. [Methyl Red + Bromocresol Green + Ethanol] MixedIndicator 250mL Take 0.07g of Methyl Red indicator in the beaker Add 0.1g of Bromocresol Green Add 100mL of Ethanol Swirl the contents of the beaker to mix them well After the contents are mixed thoroughly, store the indicator in a brown reagent bottle 1-102 Reagent preparation
  • 110. Boric Acid + Mixed Indicator 1L Take 20g of boric acid in the flask Add 700mL of distilled water Warm up to 80oC Add 200mL of Ethanol Add 20mL Mixed Indicator Add 0.05N Sodium Hydroxide till the solution turns reddish-purple After the salt is dissolved, add more distilled water till the volume of the solution is 1L Reagent preparation 1-103
  • 111. Olsen’s Extractant 1L Take 42g of sodium bicarbonate in the flask Add 800mL of distilled water Agitate the contents by shaking the flask gently till the salt dissolves. Adjust the pH to 8.5 by adding either dilute HCl or dilute NaOH solution After the salt is dissolved, add more distilled water till the volume of the solution is 1L 1-104 Reagent preparation
  • 112. 2,4-dinitrophenol Indicator 250mL Take 500mg of 2,4-dinitrophenol indicator powder in the beaker Add distilled water while stirring the solution to make a supersaturated solution Filter or decant the solution Store the filtrate in a reagent bottle Reagent preparation 1-105
  • 113. Standard 100ppm Phosphate solution 1L Take 0.4392g of potassium orthophosphate in the flask Add 800mL of distilled water Agitate the contents by shaking the flask gently till the salt dissolves After the salt is dissolved, add more distilled water till the volume of the solution is 1L 1-106 Reagent preparation
  • 114. 2.5M Sulphuric acid 1L Take 800mL of distilled water Add 140mL of sulphuric acid Agitate the contents by shaking the flask gently After mixing the acid, add more distilled water till the volume of the solution is 1L Reagent preparation 1-107
  • 115. [Ammonium Molybdate + Tartarate + Ascorbic acid] ReagentB 500mL Take 12g ammonium molybdate (AR grade) in the beaker Add 250mL of distilled water 2L Ta k e 0 . 2 9 0 8 g o f antimony potassium tartarate reagent in the beaker Add 100mL of distilled water. Take 1L of 2.5M sulphuric acid in the flask. Mix throughly and add water till the volume of the solution is 2L. 250mL -200mL Take 1.056g ascorbic acid in the beaker 1-108 Reagent preparation
  • 116. 1N Ammonium Acetate of pH 7.0 1L Take 77.08g of ammonium acetate in the flask Add 800mL of distilled water Agitate the contents by shaking the flask gently till the salt dissolves After the salt is dissolved, add more distilled water till the volume of the solution is 1L Adjust the pH of the solution to 7 by adding a little dilute acid/alkali Reagent preparation 1-109
  • 117. Standard Potassium Solution (1000ppm) 1L Take 1.908g of potassium chloride in the flask Add 800mL of distilled water Agitate the contents by shaking the flask gently till the salt dissolves After the salt is dissolved, add more distilled water till the volume of the solution is 1L 1-110 Reagent preparation
  • 118. Abiotic — Anaerobic Abiotic Factor in the Environment : Nonliving forms (physical and chemical) in the environment that influence the environmental processes Absorptive : A substance that can absorb and hold water Aseptic Condition : A situation where there is no microorganism Acetylene : An organic gas with the chemical formula C2H2 Acetylene Reduction Assay (ARA) : The nitrogen fixing enzyme, Nitrogenase, in addition to the reduction of nitrogen to form ammonia, can also reduce acetylene to form ethylene. The rate of this reaction is measured and extrapolated as nitrogenase activity. This assay is called as ARA. Acid Soil : A soil with a pH value less than 7. Usually applied to surface layer or root zone, but may be used to characterize any horizon or sample. Adaptability : Power of an organism to make itself fit in altered environmental condition Adhesion : Physical attachment between two different bodies. Adventitious Root : The roots of a mature embryophyta developed from parts other than primary root initial Aeration Device : A device by which air can pass through a system Aerobic : An organism, a system or a reaction that requires oxygen for its operation Agar-agar : A polysaccharide derived from seaweeds (Red algae) used as solidifying agent in culture medium Air-dry : The state of dryness (of soil) at equilibrium with the moisture content in the surrounding atmosphere.The actual moisture content will depend upon the relative humidity and the temperature of the surrounding atmosphere. Alkaline Soil : Any soil that has pH greater than 7. Usually applied to surface layer or root zone but may be used to characterize any horizon or a sample. Ambient Temperature : Temperature of the surrounding environment. Amylase : An enzyme that breaks starch into glucose Anaerobic : An organism, a system or a reaction that does not require oxygen for its operation 7-2 Glossary of Terms
  • 119. Annuli — Biofertilizer Annuli : Plural of annulus: ring-like segments of the cylindrical body of annelids, like earthworm Anterior Region : Proximal part of an animal body Antibacterial : Any chemical or physical agent or any phenomenon that inhibit bacterial activity Antifungal Compound : Compound that inhibits the growth of fungus or destroy it. Aquatic Environment : Combination of all the physical, chemical and biological factors in an water body, which influence living forms Arid Region : Dry and bare region where the sunlight is of high intensity Ashby's Medium : A medium for the culture of Azotobacter, the constituents of which was developed by Ashby Autoclave : A device for wet sterilization Auxins : A group of bioactive compounds having promoting effect on plant growth through cell division, elongation and differentiation Available Forms of Plant Nutrients : The form of plant nutrients that are soluble in water and can be absorbed by the plant root Available Nutrient : That portion of any essential element or compound in the soil that can be absorbed readily and assimilated by growing plants. Available Forms Of Plant Nutrients : Simple, inorganic and water-soluble forms of plant nutrients that can readily be absorbed by the plant root system Bacteria : Prokaryotic (without true nucleus) unicellular microorganism having cell wall and spore producing capability; present in all parts of biosphere Beneficial Microorganism : The microorganisms that improve the soil quality by their biological action Biochemical Process : Chemical reactions taking place within the cell or external to the cell but always with the help of enzymes produced by the cells Biodegradable : The substances that can be decomposed by the microbial activity Biodegradation : Decomposition of complex biological macromolecules of organic bodies into simpler forms by bacterial activity Biofertilizer : Preparation containing living or latent cells of microorganisms, Glossary of Terms 7-3
  • 120. Biological — CFU which, when applied to soil, increase their number in soil and improves soil fertility through their biological action Biologically Degradable Organic Waste : Organic waste that can be decomposed by microbial activity Biomass : Total amount of living and nonliving organic content Biotic Factor in Environment : Living forms that influence environmental processes Blue Green Algae (BGA) : The BGA are prokaryotic microorganisms living on water or moist soil. They are photosynthetic and some of them are nitrogen- fixers. Broth : Liquid culture containing bacterial cells Buffer : It is a solution containing an acid and a base, or a salt that tends to maintain a constant H+ concentration. A buffer tablet with a specific value (as 4.0, 7.0, 9.2) when dissolved in 100 ml distilled water, gives a buffer solution of that specific pH value. C-4 plants : Normally, the first stable product in photosynthesis is phosphoglyceric aldehyde, a three-carbon compound (C-3) plant). In some plants, the first stable compound is a 4-carbon compound — malic acid. These plants are called C-4 plants. The photosynthetic efficiency of these plants is comparatively high Calcareous Soil : Soil containing sufficient calcium carbonate (often with magnesium carbonate) to effervesce visibly when treated with cold 0.1N HCl. Carbofuran : A pesticide Carbohydrate : Organic compounds that are composed of carbon, hydrogen and oxygen, where the ratio of hydrogen and oxygen is 2:1, as in water Carbohydrate : A class of biological macromolecule constituted of carbon, hydrogen and oxygen, where the ration of hydrogen to oxygen is 2:1 as in water molecule Carrier : A finely granular solid phase that can hold and carry microbial cells in sufficient quantity giving suitable environment to them Cellulase : The enzyme that breaks cellulose, the major component of plant cell wall CFU : Colony forming unit. Spreading of bacterial suspension on plate distribute the individual cells separately on the surface. On incubation, each cell develops one colony. But a few cells may remain in clumps. Such clumps, comprising of two or few cells, will develop individual colonies. Thus enumeration of microbial culture is made in terms of the number of CFU rather than the number of cells. 7-4 Glossary of Terms
  • 121. Chemical Energy — Culture Chemical Energy : Energy remaining latent within high-energy chemical compounds ( as in carbohydrate ); to be derived after breakdown by chemical means (respiration) Chemical Environment : Chemical factors like concentrations of different chemical compounds in a system Chemical nitrogen Fertilizer : Nitrogenous compounds that are applied in field as nitrogen source of crop plant e.g. Urea, Di-ammonium phosphate Chitinase : An enzyme that degradess chitin, a component of plant cell wall Circulatory System : Combination of organs in animal body responsible for the circulation of metabolites, excretory products etc. Cocoon : The fertilized eggs of earthworms Coelom : The body cavity of lower animals Colonization : Increase in number of individuals in a particular area through propagation Colonization of Microorganism : Development of a microbial community in a particular area through growth (cell division) Colour : A land may show two different colours, viz., light colour and dark colour. Soil samples from these two-coloured lands should be collected separately and analysed as they vary in their properties. Combined Nitrogen : Compounds containing nitrogen ( ammonia, nitrite, nitrate) Composite Soil Sample : Soil samples collected from a number of sites of a soil unit are thoroughly mixed to represent the properties of the soil unit. The mixed sample is termed composite soil sample. Compost : Organic residues, or a mixture of organic residues and soil that have been piled, moistened and allowed to undergo biological decomposition. Contaminants : Any undesired living form in microbial culture Contamination : Appearance of any undesired living form in a pure living population (as in microbial culture) Cross-fertilisation : Union of male and female sex cells of two different organisms Culture : Growing living cells or tissue in artificial or semi-natural nutrient medium Glossary of Terms 7-5
  • 122. Culture Medium — Endogeic Earthworms Culture Medium : A solution consisting of all the required food substances to culture living cells or tissue Cumulative Effect : Combined effects of different factors Curling : A disease of plant where the leaves or fronds are curled inwardly or outwardly, caused by bacteria, fungus or viruses. Cytokinin : A group of bioactive compounds having promoting effect on plant cell division, specially division of cytoplasm. Decomposing Microorganisms : The microorganisms that are involved in the degradation of complex biological macromolecules into the simpler forms Decomposition : Degradation of complex biological macromolecules present in organic bodies into smaller and simpler forms by bacterial activity. Defence Mechanism : A measure to protect an organism from pathogenic agents. Digestive System : A system in animal body responsible for intake, digestion and absorption of food Dilution Plating Method : A method of serial dilution of microbial culture, soil, food etc., plating the dilutes and consequent incubation to enumerate the number of viable cells or colony forming units of microorganisms, general or specific. Diptera : An insect group comprising of insects with single pair of wings Dominance : Prevalence Dorsal Side : The backside Doubling Time : The time required to double its content through multiplication Dull Colour : Colour not so bright EC : Electric Conductivity Effluent : Liquid industrial waste of sewage Electrical Conductivity of Soil (EC) : The measurement of electrical conductivity is based on the principle that ions are the carriers of electricity. The electrical conductivity of a solution increases with increase in soluble salt concentration. The electrical conductivity of a soil is measured with the help of conductivity meter and is expressed in mmhos/cm. (now in dS/m). Thus the measurement of EC helps us to know the concentration of water-soluble salts in the soil. Endogeic Earthworms : The earthworms that obtain their food from the deep 7-6 Glossary of Terms
  • 123. Endomycorrhiza — Essential Plant Nutrients layer of substrate / soil Endomycorrhiza : Mycorrhiza where the fungus remain within the root tissue Enumeration : Counting of a particular object in relation to space of a particular event in relation to time Environment : The combination of all the physical, chemical and biological agents surrounding an organism that has significant effect on the organism. Environmental Factors : All the physical, chemical and biological components of the environment, which influence the ecosystem including the living forms. Enzyme : A protenacious macromolecule of biological origin and of special structural and functional organisation that regulate a specific biological reaction Enzyme, Chitinase : See chitinase Enzyme, Nitrogenase : See nitrogenase Enzyme, Amylase : See amylase Enzyme, Cellulase : See cellulase Enzyme, Lipase : See lipase Enzyme, Protease : See protease Epigeic Earthworms : The earthworms that obtain their food from the surface of substrate /soil Oesophagus : The proximal part of the digestive canal beyond the pharynx Essential Plant Nutrients : Nutrient means something that serves as food or nourishment. There are 16 chemical elements known to be essential for the growth of the higher plants. These are C, H, O (absorbed from air and water), N, P, K, Ca, Mg, S (macronutrients absorbed from the soil), Mn, Zn, Cu, Cl, B, Mo (micronutrients absorbed from the soil). In the absence of these elements plants develop deficiency symptoms character tic of the deficient element. Hence the name essential plant nutrients. Glossary of Terms 7-7
  • 124. Ethylene — Gibberrellic Acid Ethylene : An organic gas with the chemical formula C2H4, can be produced by the reduction of acetylene. Evaporation : Loss of water in form of vapour Excretory System : The system in animal body responsible for the release of harmful products produced as by-products during metabolism Fermenter : A system within which optimum condition for the growth and metabolism of microorganism is established artificially Fertility Status of Soil : It is the nutrient status of the soil. Soil fertility means the ability or the capacity of the soil to provide the essential plant nutrients in forms readily available to the plant. Fertilization : Union of gametes of two opposite sexes Fertilizer Gap : Difference between the amount of fertilizer applied in field and the amount that is really absorbed by the crop Fertilizer Requirement : The quantity of certain plant nutrient elements needed, in addition to the amount supplied by the soil, to increase plant growth to a designated optimum. Fertilizers : Natural or artificial substance containing the chemical elements that improve the growth and productiveness of plants. Fertilizers enhance the natural fertility or replace the chemical elements taken from the soil by previous crops. Modern chemical fertilizers include one or more of the three elements most important in plant nutrition — N, P, and K. Flora : The total set of plant community in a given ecosystem Fossil : Any article that proves the presence of particular living forms in remote past Fossil Fuel : The fuel derived from plants and animals of remote past (coal and petroleum) Free-living microorganism : The microorganisms that can live freely in environment without any biological relationship with others Fungi : Eukaryotic (having true nucleus) microorganism having a plant-like cell wall but no chlorophyll; capable of spore production, heterotropic Fungicide : A chemical agent that inhibit or eliminate fungal infection in plants or seeds. GA : Gibberellic acid, a plant hormone 7-8 Glossary of Terms
  • 125. Genital pore — Host specificity Genital Pore : A pore through which sex cells are released in males Gibberellins : A group of compounds having promoting effect on plant growth, especially during germination and differentiation of roots. Gizzard : A strong muscular organ in digestive canal responsible for the maceration of ingested food Gregarious : Living in a flock or company Green Manure : Some highly nitrogen-containing plants that are cultivated and mixed with the soil by tilling. The plant nutrients are released after decomposition Grinding : It is the process of breaking or crushing the soil samples by wooden mortar, roller, motorized grinder into soil aggregates taking care that primary sand particles are not crushed. Growth Promoting Substances : Natural or synthetic substances that promote the growth and development of plants Gypsum Requirement : The quantity of gypsum or its equivalent required to reduce the exchangeable sodium percentage of a given increment of soil to an acceptable level. Hard And Sticky Soil : The soil where the particles remain tightly adhered to give the soil hard nature when dry and sticky nature when wet Hardpan : A hardened soil layer, in the lower A or in the B-horizon, caused by cementation of soil particles with organic matter or with materials such as silica, sesquioxides, or calcium carbonate. The hardness does not change appreciably with changes in moisture content and pieces of the hard layer do not slake in water. 'A' horizon is the surface horizon of a mineral soil having maximum organic matter accumulation, maximum biological activity and / or eluviations of materials such as iron and aluminium oxides and silicate clays. 'B' horizon is the one beneath the 'A’ that is characterised by one or more of the following (i) concentration of silicate clays, iron and aluminium oxides and humus alone or in combination (ii) a blocky structure and (iii) coatings of iron and aluminium oxides that give darker, stronger or redder colour. Heavy Soil : Soil with high proportion of clay Heterotropic : The living forms that cannot synthesise their own food and depend upon other autotropic organisms for their food requirement. Host : An organism that harbours other parasitic or symbiotic organism Host Specificity : Specificity of pathogenic of symbiotic microorganism to recognise and infect a suitable host Glossary of Terms 7-9
  • 126. Hyaline— Light soil Hyaline : Transparent IBA : Indole Butyric Acid — a plant hormone Incubation : Keeping any biological system in its optimum condition of operation. Incubator : A device where the optimum condition is maintained for the operation of a biological system Ingestion of Food : Uptake of food in the digestive canal Inoculation : Addition of starter culture (inoculum) to the medium or soil to initiate the growth Inoculum : A little amount of microorganism that is added to the culture media or soil to initiate the growth Inorganic Phosphate : Inorganic compounds containing phosphate (viz. ammonium phosphate, potassium dihydrogen phosphate etc.) Intestine : The distal part of the digestive canal Invertebrate : An animal having no backbone Jensen's Medium : A medium for the culture of Azotobacter, the constituents of which was developed by Jensen. Laminar Flow Cabinet (LFC) : A device where microbiological operations are done in aseptic condition Leaf Litter : Leaves lying about Leghaemoglobulin : A proteinacious iron compound present in the root nodules of leguminous plants Lepidoptera : An insect group comprising of insect with two pair of wings, wings fold upwards when at rest Light Soil : Sandy soil 7-10 Glossary of Terms
  • 127. Lime (Calcium) Requirement — Microbial Inoculants Lime (Calcium) Requirement : The amount of agricultural limestone ( a sedimentary rock composed of over 50% calcium carbonate) required per acre to a soil depth of 6 inches (15cm) or on about 910,000kg of soil to raise the pH of the soil to a desired value under field conditions. Limiting Factor : The critical factor that limits the activity of a system in spite of abundance of other regulating factors Lipase : An enzyme that breaks fats into fatty acid and glycerol Loamy Soil : Soil with equal parts of sand and clay Log-phase : Rapid growth phase of living forms Maceration : Softening and grinding of the ingested food Macronutrient : A chemical element necessary in large amounts (usually 50 ppm in the plant) for the growth of plants. See also Essential Plant Nutrients. Management Unit : It is the unit of soil representing a distinct management practice that the previous crop has received, e.g., if a portion of the previously cropped land was irrigated and the other portion was not irrigated, the land has two soil units viz., irrigated and non-irrigated land. Separate soil samples are to be collected and analysed to represent each distinct soil unit. Medium, Ashby's : See Ashby's Medium Medium, Culture : See Culture Medium Medium, Jensen's : See Jensen's Medium Medium, P.K. : See P.K. Medium Medium, Slant : See Slant Medium, YEM : See YEM Medium Mineralisation : A process of breakdown of complex biological macromolecules into simplest chemical forms that are available to the plant Metabolism : All the biochemical reactions occurring within the living cell Metabolites : All the intermediate compounds and end products of metabolism Microbial Inoculants : Liquid or carrier based preparation of living or latent cells of microorganisms Glossary of Terms 7-11
  • 128. Micro-habitat — Nitrogen Fixing Micro-organisms Micro-habitat : Isolated habitat (a region where an organism dwells) with very small area where all the environmental conditions suitable for the growth and activity of the organism is established Micronutrient : A chemical element necessary in only extremely small amounts (less than 50 ppm in the plant ) for the growth of the plants. See also Essential Plant Nutrients. Microorganism : Living forms that can be identified under microscope, very minute in size, visible by naked eye when in groups or colony and cannot be identified Microorganisms : The living beings that are too small to be identified by naked eye; can be observed clearly and identified by microscope Mineralisation : Conversion of complex organic compounds to simple inorganic forms Mixing (soil) : The methodical process of mixing soil for lab analysis. This process is part of a set of techniques to obtain a composite soil sample that represents the entire plot of land. Moist Soil : Soil with water near 100% of its water holding capacity Monotelic : The organism breeding only once in whole life Mycorrhiza : A symbiotic association between fungus and root system of higher plants where both are benefited NAA : Naphthalene Acetic Acid — a plant hormone Nematode : Soil born, very minute, cylindrical, invertebrate animal Niche : Position of an organism in relation to habitat, food habit, role in the ecosystem, etc. Nitrogen-Fixation : Conversion of atmospheric nitrogen into ammonia Nitrogenase : The enzyme that catalyses reduction of nitrogen into ammonia in nitrogen fixing microorganisms Nitrogen-fixing Microorganisms : The microorganisms that can convert atmospheric nitrogen into ammonia 7-12 Glossary of Terms
  • 129. Nocturnal — PK Medium Nocturnal : An animal that feeds at night Nodulation Efficiency : Efficiency of rhizobial culture to infect the root of specific leguminous plant and to develop nodule. Nodule : Tumorous growth in a part of root of leguminous plant caused by nodule forming, nitrogen-fixing bacteria — Rhizobium Non-palatable : Not tasteful and non-desirable Nutrients : Elements required for the nutrient of an organism Optimum Condition : The condition most suitable for the operation of a particular activity Organic Carbon : The carbon in the form of organic compound Organic Carbon (%) : The organic carbon that is estimated involves mostly the partly decomposed organic carbon and rarely the completely decomposed ones. It excludes 90 to 95% of less active organic matters that are not beneficial for plant growth (charcoal, graphite). Organic Humus : Decomposed organic matter in soil Organic Matter : Materials derived from the dead bodies of living forms Organic Phosphate : Organic compounds containing phosphate (viz. nucleic acids, phospholipids etc.) Organic Waste : Waste material derived from plant or animal source, e.g. straw, paper, cow dung, fruit and vegetable waste etc. Ova : Plural of ovum — the female sex cell Ovary : The female reproductive gland where female sex cells, ova, are produced Oviduct : A tubular system through which the ovum is transported from ovary to female pore Oxygenic Photosynthesis : The photosynthetic process where the hydrogen required for the reduction of carbon dioxide is derived from water molecule and oxygen is released as a by-product P.K. Medium : Pikovskia's medium for the culture of phosphate solubilising microorganisms Glossary of Terms 7-13
  • 130. Partitioning — Photosynthesis Partitioning : The process of dividing the thoroughly mixed soil samples into four parts (quarters), also called quartering technique. IN this multi-step process, the soil sample is divided into 4 equal portions and two portions are selected for analysis. The selected portions are mixed and partitioned repeatedly till about 500g of soil is left. Pesticide : Chemical agent that inhibit or eliminate pest manifestation in plants or seeds. pH : pH is the quantitative measure of acidity or alkalinity of liquid solutions. A solution with a pH value less than 7 is considered acidic and a solution with a pH more than 7 is considered alkaline. The solution with a pH 7 is considered neutral. There are certain important points to be kept in mind while measuring soil pH, such as: 1. Soil particles should be kept suspended by stirring just before dipping the electrode ( electrode is either of the two points by which an electric current enters or leaves a battery or any other electrical device). 2. Drying changes the soil pH. In the soil report it is thus essential to mention whether the dried or field moist samples were tested. 3. The ratio of soil: water should also be mentioned in the report as H ion concentration in soil-water suspension decreases with increasing dilution and so the pH increases. 4.Washing the electrode with distilled water from a wash bottle, after every pH measurement has to be done compulsorily. 5.When not in use, electrodes should be kept immersed in distilled water. pH Buffer : A substance that has the property to keep the pH constant in spite of minute change of the system Pharynx : The cavity forming the upper part of the digestive canal Phosphate, Insoluble : The forms of phosphate that are not soluble in water and, hence, are not available to the plants Phosphate Solubilisation : Conversion of insoluble forms of phosphate ( as tri- calcium phosphate) into its soluble form ( as mono-calcium phosphate) Phosphate Solubilising Microorganisms (psm's) : The microorganisms that convert the insoluble forms of phosphate (as tri-calcium phosphate) into soluble form Phosphate, Soluble : The forms of phosphate that are soluble in water and hence available to the crop plants (e.g. mono-calcium phosphate) Photosynthesis : A process by which green plants (including algae) can synthesise carbohydrates by reducing carbon dioxide by water and sunlight with the help of chlorophyll pigment Photosynthesis, Oxygenic : see Oxygenic photosynthesis 7-14 Glossary of Terms
  • 131. Photosynthesis, Oxygenic — Recycling Process Physical Environment : Physical factors like pH, temperature, light etc. in a system Physical Factors : Light, temperature, humidity etc. Pigment : Coloured organic compound that gives colour to the living body, as a whole or in part (e.g. Chlorophyll in plants, Haemoglobin in blood) Plant Growth Promoting Substances : Natural or synthetic compounds that promote plant growth Plant Growth Regulator : The natural or synthetic compounds that regulate plant growth and development Plant Hormones : Natural or synthetic compounds that regulates germination, growth, development and other biological activities in plants, e.g. auxins Plant Nutrients : Elements required for the growth and development of plant Plant Pathogen : Microbial agents which infect plants and cause disease Plates : Solid medium in petridishes Pollution : A change in the physical, chemical or biological components of the environment that affect the living forms Polytelic : Organism breeding several times in whole life Posterior Region : Distal part of an animal body Propagules : Modified plant parts (including seeds) that are used as agents of propagation Protease : The enzyme that breaks protein Protozoa : An animal group comprising of unicellular organisms Recycling : Alteration of different forms of elements in nature in cyclic manner in relation to time Recycling of Elements : Sequential alteration of different forms of elements in nature in a cyclic manner Recycling Process : A process by which the elements in the nature are converted in cyclic manner from one form to other in relation to time and space Glossary of Terms 7-15
  • 132. Reduction — Slant Reduction : A chemical reaction where electron or hydrogen atom is added to a molecule. Reproductive Potential : Power of an organism to reproduce and hence increase in number in relation to time Reproductive System : The system in living organism responsible for its propagation Residual Effect : The effect of any fertilizer on the next crop Resistance : Capability to strive against Respiration : A process of breakdown (oxidation) of food substances to release energy Restoration Of Soil Fertility : A phenomenon in which all the events involving increasing soil fertility occur simultaneously in a balanced manner so the soil fertility remain constant in relation to time. Rhizosphere : Volume of the soil surrounding the root system where the influence of the root is governed Saline Soil : A non-sodic soil containing sufficient soluble salts to impair its productivity but not containing excessive exchangeable sodium. The conductivity of the saturation paste extract is greater than 4dS/m. Sandy Soil : Soil with high proportion of sand and very little proportion of clay Seed Pelleting : Covering of individual seed with some protective and inert substances to form small ball-like structure Self-Fertilization : Union of male and female sex cells of same organism Seminal Vesicle : A vesicular structure in the male reproductive system where semen, the fluid containing spermatozoa, is stored Semi-natural Condition : A condition where natural condition is established by assembling the natural components Sewage : Refuse carried-off by roadside drain in domestic region Slant : Solid medium in the test tube where the tube is kept in slanting position 7-16 Glossary of Terms
  • 133. Soil Amendment — Solubilisation Soil Amendment : Any substance such as lime, sulphur, gypsum, and sawdust, which is used to alter the properties of a soil, generally to make it more productive. Strictly speaking, fertilizers are soil amendments, but the term is used most commonly for materials other than fertilizers. Soil Fertility : The ability of a soil to supply all the essential nutrients in an optimum amount and balance and in a form readily available to the plants concerned Soil Microorganisms : The group of microorganisms (bacteria, actinomycetes, fungi, algae etc.), which live in soil Soil Moisture : Water content of soil Soil Productivity : The capacity of a soil for producing a specified plant or sequence of plants under a specified system of management i.e. the capacity of the soil to produce crops per unit area Soil Reaction : It is the degree of acidity or alkalinity expressed as pH; it has tremendous indirect effects on plant growth. Abnormally high or alkaline pH (above 9) or low pH (below 4) is toxic to plants. Between these extremes, the effect is usually on the nutrient availability. Soil reaction can be modified. Soils can be made more alkaline (pH increased) by adding calcium, magnesium, sodium or potassium. Soils can be made more acid by adding substances that produce strong acids in the soil like fertilizers containing sulphur, ammonium sulphate or superphosphate. Soil Salinity : The amount of soluble salts in a soil, expressed in terms of percentage, parts per million (ppm), or other convenient ratios. Soil Strata : Plural of stratum; soil layer Soil Testing : It is the rapid chemical analysis of a soil to estimate its available nutrient status, reaction and salinity. Soil Texture : It describes the size of the soil particles. The texture determines drainage rate and the total amount of stored water in the soil. On the basis of soil texture, soils can be clay, loam or sandy. The greater the quantity of smaller particles (clay), the less the drainage rate and the more water held in storage. On the other hand sandy soil store little water and have a high drainage rate. Loam (having 20% or less clay, 30-50% silt and 30-50% sand particles) is the best for cultivation as it is neither too dry nor too wet. Solar Energy : Energy derived from sunlight Solitary : Occurring singly Solubilisation : Conversion of insoluble compounds into their soluble forms Glossary of Terms 7-17
  • 134. Spermathecial Pore — Tolerant Limit Spermathecial Pore : A pore in temporarily female earthworm where spermatozoa are released during sexual copulation Spermatozoa : The male sex cell Sprouted Seeds : Seeds where tender seedlings have been developed at the early stage of germination. Starter Culture : Little amount of microbial culture that is introduced to the sterilised medium to initiate the growth Starter Culture : Little amount of culture added to the production system for the initiation of growth Sterilisation : The process of elimination of any living form from an object Sterilisation, Dry : Making of an object free from any living form by means of dry heat Sterilisation, Moist : Making of an object free from any living form by means of moist heat Stereoscopic Microscope : A modified version of compound microscope where living cells are examined Stunted Growth : Growth that has been checked by a disease Sustainable Effect : And effect which can be kept up over years Symbiosis : An association between two organisms where both are benefited Symbiont : Individual partner in symbiosis Symbiosis : An association between two organisms where both are benefited Symbiotic Bacteria : Bacteria that live in symbiotic association with other organism Symbiotic Microorganism : A microorganism that lives in a mutually beneficial association with another organism Synergistic Interaction : Combined effect of two or more components on the same thing or phenomenon Testis : The male reproductive gland where spermatozoa, the male sex cells, are produced Tolerant Limit : Critical point of stress beyond which the organism cannot tolerate the stress 7-18 Glossary of Terms
  • 135. Top Dressing — Volatilisation Top Dressing : An application of fertilizer to a soil after the crop stand has been established. Topography : The physical features of an area of land are called the topography, e.g., an undulating land is divided into three categories, viz., lowland, medium land, and highland. Separate soil samples should be taken and tested to represent each category as their properties would vary. Toxic : Harmful to living form Transplant Shock : Temporal loss of vitality of seedlings when they are transplanted from the nursery bed to the field Unfavourable : Not suitable Unfavourable Environmental Condition : The physical, chemical and biological status of the environment that is not suitable for the growth, development or other biological activity of an organism. Utilisation Efficiency of Chemical Fertilizers : Capability of soil condition to use the applied chemical fertilizer for crop growth and productivity Vas Deferens : The tubular system through which semen are transported from seminal vesicle to genital pore Vesicular Arbuscular Mycorrhyzae (VAM) : A symbiotic association between fungi and root system of higher plants where special structures, vesicles and arbuscles, are developed by the fungi within the root Ventral Side : The front side Versatile : Turning freely from one place to another Vesicle and Arbuscle : Structures developed by the fungi within the vascular system of root in Vesicular Arbuscular Mycorrhyza (VAM) Vestigial Organ : Underdeveloped and non-functional organ, which is well developed and functional in individuals of other groups Viable Cells : Microbial cells that retain the property to divide and show all the microbial activities. Volatilisation : Very quick evaporation Water-Holding Capacity : Capacity of a substance to retain water content against gravitational force Glossary of Terms 7-19
  • 136. YEM Medium — Notes YEM Medium : Yeast-Extract Mannitol medium for culture of Rhizobium NOTES - You can add words to the glossary here. You could also use the Glossary programme on the CD-ROM to modify this glossary or create your own glossary. 7-20 Glossary of Terms
  • 137. Bibliography Root nodules on a clover plant 8-1
  • 138. Bibliography The following online sources were consulted while writing this manual Online museums on microbiology - http://www.bacteriamuseum.org http://www.microbe.org http://www.ucmp.berkeley.edu The Tree of Life Web project http://www.tolweb.org University and college (*.edu) sites http://commtechlab.mse.edu http://www.cme.msu.edu/sites/dlc-me http://helios.bto.ed.ac.uk/bto/ http://soils1.cses.vt.edu/ http://hcs.osu.edu/hcs200/Intro.html http://web.reed.edu/academic/departments/biology/nitrogen/ http://www.lifesci.ucla.edu/mcdbio/html/ri4.htm http://www.ma.psu.edu/~lkh1/iss/ http://www.wsu.edu:8080/~hurlbert/pages/101hmpg.html http://www.ulst.ac.uk/faculty/science/bms/ http://webcd.usal.es/web/psm/abstracts/Mariano.htm http://www.asahi-net.or.jp/~it6i-wtnb/azolla~E.html http://www.safs.bangor.ac.uk/dj/lectures/nit-fix/lecture2.html Indiana Bioloab http://www.disknet.com/indiana-biolab Misc. Sources, Research organisations etc. http://www.socgenmicrobiol.org.uk http://www.asmusa.org http://www.sanger.ac.uk/Projects/Microbes http://www.erin.utoronto.ca/~w3msa http://www.indiaagronet.com http://fukuokafarmingol.net http://www.microbiologyonline.org.uk More information on the Internet may be found by running a search http://www.google.com http://www.dmoz.org 8-2
  • 139. Bibliography Copyright information for photographs sourced online - Electron micrograph - Azotobacter (c) 1995, Stu Pankratz Electron micrograph - Rhizobia on a clover root hair tip - (c) 1995, Frank Dazzo Books The article on Rhizobium has been reproduced with almost no changes from “Rhizobium, Root Nodules and Nitrogen Fixation”- Society for General Microbiology, January 2002, Edited by Janet Hurst. Basak,R.K. 2000, Fertilizers. Kalyani Publishers Ludhiana, New Delhi. Basak, R.K. 2000, Soil Testing and Fertiliser Recommendation, Kalyani Publishers. New Delhi. Bear, P.E. 1953, Soil and Fertilizers .4th ed. John Wiley and Son, Inc. NewYork. Black.C.A. 1965, Method of Soil Analysis, Part-2 Am. Soc. Agron. Inc. Madison, Wisconsin, USA. Chopra, S.L. and Kanwar, J.S. 1982, Analytical Agricultaral Chemistry. Kalyani Publishers, New Delhi. Guzhov, Yu, 1989, Genetics and Plant breeding for Agriculture, Mir Publishers, Moscow. Graham, P.H, Harris S.C., (Eds) Biological nitrogen fixation technology for tropical agriculture Hesse, P.R. 1994, A Textbook of Soil Chemical Analysis CBS Publishers and Distributors, Delhi Jackson, M.L. 1973, Soil Chemical Analysis, Pentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd. New Delhi. Kale, R. D. 1998, Earthworm — Cinderella of Organic Farming, Prism Books Pvt. Ltd., Calcutta. Metson, A.J. 1956, Methods of Chemical Analysis for Soil Samples. New Zealand Dept. Sci. and Ind, Res. R.E. Owen . Govt. Printer, Wellington, New Zealand. Motsara, M.R., Bhattyacharya, P. and Srivastava, B. 1995. Biofertilizer-Technology, Marketing and Usases. Fertilizer Development and Consultation Organisation, New Delhi. 8-3
  • 140. Bibliography Natesh, S., Chopra V.L., Ramchandran S., 1987, Biotechnology in Agriculture, Oxford Publishers / IBH . Piper,C.S. 1942, Soil and Plant Analysis: a laboratory manual of methods for the examination of soil and the determination of the inorganic constituents of plants. Univ. of Adelaide, Australia. Peech, M., L.T. Alexander, L.A. Dean and J.F. Reed 1974, Methods of Soil Analysis for soil fertility investigations U.S.Dept. Agro. Cir. 757. 25P. Tandon, HLS 1993, Method of Analysis of Soils, Plants, Water and Fertlizers. Fertilizer Development and Consultation Organization, NewDelhi.110048 ( India) Yagodin, B.A. (Ed.) 1984, Agricultural Chemistry, Mir Publishers, Moscow. 8-4
  • 141. Tables Seedlings being prepared at the VIB nursery 9-1
  • 142. USING THE TABLES N P2O5 K2O 1) Rice H 30 20 20 Basal-Full P and K Prekharif Topdressing of N Duration M 40 20 20 1/2 after 1st weeding (100 days) Direct Seeded (15-20 DAS) Aus,HYV,Heera L 60 30 30 1/2 at 30-35 DAS Aditya, Prasanta, Kalyani-2, Khanika USING THE TABLES - Sample Table 1 This table type shows recommendation of N, P2O5 and K2O on the basis of soil test results. H, M and L refer to High, Medium and Low results from the lab. The blue background line shows Nitrogen recommendations, the orange - Phosphate and the green backgound line shows Potash recommendation. Time of application and other remarks are noted is mentioned in the last column. The crops for which recommendations are available on that page are shown in green at the top left or right of the page. The tabulated values are in kg per hectare. For example, say, a farmer wishes to grow HYV rice on his field (which is 2 hectares in area) in the pre-kharif season. The soil tests indicate that his field is low in N, Medium in P and Low in K. The recommendation (highlighted in red in the sample table) would be (60 x 2 = 120)kg/ha of N, (20 x 2= 40)kg/ha of P2O5 and (30 x 2=60)kg/ha of K2O. 9-2 RECOMMENDATION TABLES etc.
  • 143. USING THE TABLES HIGH MEDIUM LOW N P2O5 K2O N P2O5 K2O N P2O5 K2O I. Hill Zone A.Higher elevation (above 1500 m) Rainfed Potato 100 75 75 125 100 100 150 100 100 Cabbage 100 50 50 120 50 50 150 60 60 Fallow Ginger 120 60 60 120 60 60 120 60 60 Fallow Irrigated Potato 100 75 75 125 100 100 150 100 100 Cabbage 100 50 50 120 50 50 150 60 60 Vegetables 80 40 40 100 50 50 120 60 60 USING THE TABLES - Sample Table 2 This table type is more comprehensive than the previous one. It shows recommendation of N, P2O5 and K2O on the basis of both agroclimatic factors in West Bengal and soil test results. The blue background lines shows Nitrogen recommendations, the orange - Phosphate and the green backgound lines shows Potash recommendation. The agroclimatic region for which recommendations are available on that page are shown in green at the top left or right of the page and also in bold large type at the beginning of each section. The tabulated values are in kg per hectare. For example, say, a farmer wishes to grow cabbages on his irrigated field (which is 1 hectare in area) in the pre-kharif season. His farm is located in a hilly region of Bengal. The soil tests indicate that his field is low in N, Medium in P and Low in K. The recommendation (highlighted in red) would be 150kg of N, 50kg of P2O5 and 60kg of K2O. Further, the crops are listed in recommended cropping sequences. Each season is marked by a yellow square The recommended crops for that season are listed beside and below it. The seasons are in the order Summer/Kharif/Pre- Kharif and Rabi. Thus, a valid sequence for the farmer (with a rainfed plot) would be, say, cabbage in the first season and ginger in the next — but he may not grow potatoes and cabbages because they are listed as alternatives for the same season. RECOMMENDATION TABLES etc. 9-3
  • 144. RICE FERTILIZER RECOMMENDATION USING SOIL TEST RESULTS N P2O5 K2O 1) Rice H 30 20 20 Basal-Full P and K Prekharif Topdressing of N Duration M 40 20 20 1/2 after 1st weeding (100 days) Direct Seeded (15-20 DAS) Aus,HYV,Heera L 60 30 30 1/2 at 30-35 DAS Aditya, Prasanta, Kalyani-2, Khanika 2) Rice H 30 20 20 Basal-1/4 N, full P and K Prekharif Topdressing of N Duration M 50 25 25 1/2 at 15 DAT (100-115days) Transplanted Aus,HYV,Rasi, L 60 30 30 1/4 at 30-35 DAT Tulsi IET-2333, Annada 3) Rice H 20 20 20 Basal-1/2 full P and K Kharif, Topdressing of N Transplanted, Traditional M 40 20 20 1/2 at P.I. Stage and improved In case topdressing of N is not Rupsail, Roghusail, possible due to stagnation of Bhasamanlk, the entire quantity of N upto Patnai-23 30 kg/ ha should be applied SR-26B,Nagra L 50 25 25 as basal. Tilakkachari, water depth upto 50 cm. 4) Rice H 40 20 20 Basal-1/4 N,full P and K Kharif,short Topdressing of N duration (115-125days) M 50 25 25 1/2 at 15 DAT HYV,IR-64, IR-36, Ratna,Khitish Vikash L 60 30 30 1/4 at 30-35 DAT IET-4786,Later 5) Rice H 50 25 25 Basal-1/4 N,full P and K Kharif,Medium Topdressing of N duration (125-135days) M 60 30 30 1/2 at 15 DAT HYV,Jaya,Ajaya 9-4 RECOMMENDATION TABLES etc.
  • 145. RICE N P2O5 K2O Kunti, Shasyasree, Vikarmacharya, Prakash, Pratap L 80 40 40 1/4 at 40-45 DAT IR-20 6) Rice Kharif,Medium duration (140-150days) (a)Water depth H 50 25 25 Basal-1/4 N,full P and K (15-30cm.) Topdressing of N HYV IR-42, 1/2 at 21 DAT Shalibahan Pankaj M 60 30 30 1/4 at 55-60 DAT Swarnadhan, Mansarobar, Swarna, Bipasha, Sabitri, Gayitri L 80 40 40 (b)Water depth H 50 25 25 Basal-1/4 N,full P and K (30-50cm.) Topdressing of N Suresh,Biraj Jogen M 60 30 30 1/2 at tillering Tulashi, Rajashree L 80 40 40 1/4 at P.I (c)Water depth H 20 20 20 Basal-1/4 N,full P and K (50-100cm.) Topdressing of N Sabita,Nalini M 40 20 20 1/2 at tillring, 1/4 at P.I. Amulya, if split application of N is not Matangini possible due to stagnation of Purendu, water, entire fertiliser upto the Jitenda L 50 25 25 level of 30 kg/ha along with full P and K need be applied as basal. (d)Water depth Fertiliser dose as (above 100cm) above Dinesh, Prunendu, Jitendra 7) Rice H 80 40 40 Basal-1/4 N,full P and K Boro,HYV,Tulsi Topdressing of N IR-64,Khitish M 100 50 50 1/2 at tillering IR-36, 1/4 at P.I Shasyasree, IET-4786 L 120 60 60 RECOMMENDATION TABLES etc. 9-5
  • 146. WHEAT, POTATO, SUGARCANE and JUTE N P2O5 K2O 8) Wheat HYV Earlysown irrigated H 80 40 40 Basal-1/4 N,full P and K K-9107,HP-1731 Topdressing of N Late sown 1/4 at 21 DAS HD-2643, HP-1633 M 100 50 50 1/4 at 40-50 DAS Sonalika Normal sown HUM-468, UP-262, L 120 60 60 Sonalika 9) Potato H 150 100 100 Basal-3/4 N, full P and K K.Jyoti, M 200 125 125 Topdressing of N K.Chandramukhi 1/4 At 1st earthing up K.Badsha L 250 150 150 10) Sugarcane H 100 50 50 Basal-1/3 N,full P and K Early upland Topdressing of N Co J-64 Co 7218 1/3 at 40-45 DAP Co 87263, Co S-687 M 150 75 75 1/3 at 80-90 DAP Medium duration Bo-91, Co 62033 CoS-776 L 200 100 100 11) Jute H 30 20 30 Basal-full P and K Topdressing of N a)Olitorius M 40 20 40 1/2 after 1st weeding JRO-632, (15 DAS) JRO-524 JRO-7835, JRO-878 L 50 25 50 1/2 after 35-42 DAS b)Capsularies H 40 20 20 Basal-full P and K JRC-7447 M 50 25 25 Topdressing of N 1/2 after 1st weeding JRC-212 L 60 30 30 (15 DAS) 1/2 at 30-42 DAS 9-6 RECOMMENDATION TABLES etc.
  • 147. OIL SEEDS N P2O5 K2O 12) Oilseeds H 60 30 30 Basal-1/4 N,full P and K Sarsan and Topdressing of N Toria 1/2 at 30-35 DAS a)Irrigated M 80 40 40 Basal-full NPK Benoy,Subinoy L 100 50 50 b)Unirrigated H 30 20 20 Benoy,Subinoy M 40 20 20 In case of rains,20 kg N L 50 30 30 as topdressing 13) Oil seeds Raj a)Irrigated H 80 40 40 Basal-1/2 N,full P and K Sita,Sarama, M 100 50 50 Topdressing of N Bhagirathi L 120 60 60 1/2 at 40-45 DAS b)Unirrigated Sita,Sanjukta 40 20 20 Basal-full NPK Asech 14) Oil seeds Til a)Irrigated Tilottama 50 25 25 Basal-1/2 N,full P and K Rama Topdressing of N 80 40 40 1/2 at Flower initiation b)Unirrigated 25 25 25 Basal-Full NPK for oilseed Tilottama crops, SSP may be chosen as Rama phosphate sources to meet the requirement of S alongwith P. In case of other sources of P, calcium sulphate should be applied. 15) Oil seeds Linseed a) Irrigated 40 20 20 Basal-2/3 N,full P and K Garima,Neela Topdressing of N Mukta 1/3 at 30 DAS b)Unirrigated 20 20 20 Basal-full NPK Neela 16) Oil Seeds Groundnut a)Rainfed, Kharif AK 12-24, JL-24 20 30 45 Basal-full NPK ICGS-44, Somnath, ICGS-II, RECOMMENDATION TABLES etc. 9-7
  • 148. OIL SEEDS and PULSES N P2O5 K2O Girnar-I b)Irrigated H 20 40 60 Basal-full NPK Rabi Summer M 20 60 60 SSP is preferred as phosphate Som nath sources as SSP contains S and Girnar-1 L 20 60 60 P. For further requirement of S,application of 200-250 kg gypsum/ha may be applied before pegging. Liming should be done in low pH soils for correction of acidity and supply of Ca. 17) Oil Seeds H 30 30 30 Basal-1/2 N,full P and K Sunflower M 40 40 40 Topdressing of N Modern L 60 40 40 1/2 at 30 DAS 18) Pulses Pea,Dhusar, GF-68 20 40 20 Basal-full NPK Garden pea Bonavilla Arkel 19) Pulses Arhar 20 50 20 Basal-full NPK TAT-10 (120-125 days) Liming must be done in acid Sweta, Chuni soil having pH below 5.5. (180 days) Rahi Seed treatment with (160 days) Rhizobium culture is recommended. 20) Pulses Gram 20 50 20 Basal-full NPK Mahamaya-1 Seed treatment with Mahamaya-2 Rhizobium culture and Anuradha liming in acid soil are necessary. 21) Pulses Kalai 20 40 20 Basal-full NPK Kalindi Seed treatment with Goutam Rhizobium culture and Sarada liming in acid soil are necessary. 9-8 RECOMMENDATION TABLES etc.
  • 149. PULSES and MAIZE N P2O5 K2O 22) Pulses Mug 20 40 20 Basal-full NPK Sonali, Seed treatment with Panna, Rhizobium culture and Pusa, liming in acid soil are Baisakhi necessary. K-850 23) Pulses Lentil 20 50 20 Basal-full NPK Asha,Subrata, Seed treatment with Ranjan Rhizobium culture and liming in acid soil are necessary. 24) Pulses Khesari 1 or 2 DAP Spray (2%) Nirmal, BIOL 25) Pulses Soyabean H 20 30 20 Basal-full NPK JS-2,Pusa-16 M 30 60 40 SSP is preferred as phosphate Soyamax L 40 60 40 sources 26) Maize a) Kharif Hybrid & Composite H 40 20 20 Basal-1/2 N,full P and K Kishan Composite M 60 30 30 Topdressing of N Azad Uttam 1/4 at 30 DAS Composite Megha L 80 40 40 1/4 at tasselling b) Rabi Early-Diara Arun H 60 30 30 Basal-1/2 N,full P and K Tarun,Probha M 90 45 45 Topdressing of N Medium- Agoti-76 1/4 at 30 DAS Late-Vijay, Ganga L 120 60 60 1/4 at tasselling Safed-2,Kishan Composite Vikram, Deccan-101 RECOMMENDATION TABLES etc. 9-9
  • 150. VEGETABLES N P2O5 K2O 27) Vegetables H 60 40 40 Basal-1/2 N,full P and K Topdressing of N Summer Bhindi M 80 50 50 1/4 at 21 DAS Parvani Krani L 100 60 60 1/4 at 35 DAS Pusa Sawani 28) Vegetable H 80 40 40 Basal-1/2 N,full P and K Topdressing of N a) Summer Brinjal M 100 50 50 1/4 at 21 DAS Rajpur Selection L 120 60 60 1/4 at 42 DAS b) Hybrid Brinjal 180 100 100 H 100 60 60 Basal-1/2 N,full P and K Topdressing of N 29) Vegetable M 120 75 75 K Topdressing of N Arum L 150 80 80 1/4 at 21 DAS 1/4 at 42 DAS 30) Vegetable H 30 20 20 Basal-1/2 N,full P and K Summer Topdressing of N Bottle gourd, M 40 20 20 1/4 at 21-28 DAS Sweet gourd, Bitter gourd Pumpkim, Cucumber L 60 30 30 31) Vegetable H 90 60 40 Basal-1/2 N,full P and K Summer M 100 60 50 Topdressing of N Pointed gourd L 120 60 50 1/4 at 21 DAP 1/4 at 42 DAP 32) Vegetable H 80 40 40 Basal-1/2 N,full P and K Winter Brinjal M 80 40 40 Topdressing of N L 100 50 50 1/4 at 21 DAT 1/4 at 42 DAT 33) Vegetable H 120 60 60 Basal-1/2 N,full P and K Winter Cabbage M 150 60 80 Topdressing of N L 200 60 90 1/4 at 21 DAT 1/4 at 42 DAT 9-10 RECOMMENDATION TABLES etc.
  • 151. VEGETABLES N P2O5 K2O 34) Vegetable H 100 50 50 Basal-1/2 N,full P and K Winter Cauliflower M 120 60 80 Topdressing of N L 150 80 80 1/4 at 15 DAT 1/4 at 35 DAT 35) Vegetable H 100 60 80 Basal-1/2 N,full P and K Winter Onion Topdressing of N Sukh Sagar M 125 100 100 1/2 at 30 DAT Pusa Ratna SSP is preferred as source of Pusa Red L 140 100 100 phosphate as SSP contains S Red Globe besides P and Onion Patnai White requires Sulphur. 36) Vegetable H 60 40 40 Basal-1/2 N,full P and K Winter Beet Topdressing of N Carrot M 75 50 50 1/4 at 21 DAS 1/4 at 42A DAS Turnip For Garlic, SSP is preferred Garlic L 100 60 60 as source of P as Garlic needs S and SSP contains S besides P. 37) Vegetable H 80 40 40 Basal-1/2 N,full P and K Winter Tomato M 100 50 50 Topdressing of N L 120 60 60 1/4 at 21 DAT 1/4 at 42 DAT 38) Vegetable 180 90 90 Basal-1/2 N,full P and K Hybrid Tomato Topdressing of N 1/4 at 21 DAT 1/4 at 42 DAT 39) Vegetable H 40 60 80 Basal-1/2 N,full P and K Radish M 50 60 60 Topdressing of N L 50 60 60 1/4 at 21 DAT 1/4 at 42 DAT 40) Vegetable H 80 60 80 Basal-1/2 N,full P and K Knolkhol M 80 80 80 Topdressing of N L 80 80 80 1/2 at 21 DAT 41) Vegetable H 80 50 60 Basal-1/2 N,full P and K Chilli M 80 50 60 Topdressing of N L 100 60 80 1/4 at 30 DAT 1/4 at 60 DAT 42)Vegetable H 150 80 100 Basal-1/2 N,full P and K Elephant’s foot M 175 100 120 Topdressing of N (Kavur) L 200 120 140 1/2 at 90 DAS RECOMMENDATION TABLES etc. 9-11
  • 152. VEGETABLES N P2O5 K2O 43) Vegetable H 100 75 75 Basal-1/2 N,full P and K Winter Tomato M 100 75 75 Topdressing of N L 120 75 75 1/4 at 21 DAT 1/4 at 42 DAT 44) Vegetable H 50 60 50 Basal-3/4 N,full P and K Frenchbean M 50 60 75 Topdressing of N Clusterbean L 60 80 90 1/4 at flower initiation stage Pea 45) Vegetable H 60 50 50 Basal-1/2 N,full P and K Water melon M 80 50 50 Topdressing of N Sugar Baby, L 100 60 60 1/4 at 21 DAS Adhary 1/4 at 42 DAS Ashahi Yamao 46) Vegetable 80 40 40 Basal-1/2 N,full P and K Kakrol Topdressing of N 1/2 at 30 DAP 47) Vegetable 50 50 50 Basal-1/2 N,full P and K Palak Topdressing of N 1/2 at 21 DAS 1/2 at 42 DAS 48) Vegetable 75 50 100 Basal-1/2 N,full P and K Sweet, Topdressing of N Trumeric 1/2 at 30 DAS 49) Vegetable 120 60 60 Basal-1/2 N,full P and K Ginger, Topdressing of N Turmeric 1/4 at 21 DAS 1/4 at 42 DAS 50) Vegetable 90 50 90 Basal-1/2 N,full P and K Katwa Danta Topdressing of N Puin 1/4 at 21 DAS 1/4 at 42 DAS 9-12 RECOMMENDATION TABLES etc.
  • 153. WEST BENGAL SPECIFIC RECOMMENDATIONS HILL ZONE HIGH MEDIUM LOW N P2O5 K2O N P2O5 K2O N P2O5 K2O I. Hill Zone A.Higher elevation (above 1500 m) Rainfed Potato 100 75 75 125 100 100 150 100 100 Cabbage 100 50 50 120 50 50 150 60 60 Fallow Ginger 120 60 60 120 60 60 120 60 60 Fallow Irrigated Potato 100 75 75 125 100 100 150 100 100 Cabbage 100 50 50 120 50 50 150 60 60 Vegetables 80 40 40 100 50 50 120 60 60 B.Lower elevation (above 1500 m) Rainfed Maize 40 20 20 50 25 25 60 30 30 Rice 50 25 25 60 30 30 80 40 40 Mustard 60 30 30 60 30 30 60 30 30 Soyabean 20 30 20 20 60 40 20 60 40 Vegatables 80 40 40 100 50 50 120 60 60 Ragi 40 20 20 50 25 25 50 25 25 Rice 50 25 25 60 30 30 80 40 40 Vegetables 80 40 40 100 50 50 120 60 60 Ginger 120 60 60 120 60 60 120 60 60 Fallow Irrigated Maize 30 20 20 50 25 25 60 30 30 Rice 50 25 25 60 30 30 80 40 40 Potato 100 75 75 125 100 100 150 100 100 Maize 40 20 20 60 30 30 80 40 40 Rice 50 25 25 60 30 30 80 40 40 Vegetables 80 40 40 100 50 50 120 60 60 Vegetables 80 40 40 100 50 50 120 60 60 Rice 40 20 20 50 25 25 60 30 30 Potato 100 75 75 125 100 100 150 100 100 RECOMMENDATION TABLES etc. 9-13
  • 154. TERAI ZONE HIGH MEDIUM LOW N P2O5 K2O N P2O5 K2O N P2O5 K2O II.Terai Zone A.Upland Rainfed Jute 30 20 20 40 20 30 50 25 40 Vegetables 80 40 40 100 50 50 120 60 60 Jute 30 20 30 40 20 40 50 25 50 Niger/Toria 30 20 20 40 20 20 50 30 30 Rice 30 20 20 40 20 20 50 25 25 Vegetables 80 40 40 100 50 50 120 60 60 Rice 30 20 20 40 20 20 60 30 30 Pulses 20 40 20 20 40 20 20 40 20 Irrigated Jute 30 20 20 40 20 20 50 25 25 Rice 30 20 20 40 20 20 60 30 30 Vegetables 100 50 50 120 60 60 150 80 80 Jute 30 20 20 40 20 20 50 25 25 Rice 30 20 20 40 20 20 60 30 30 Potato 100 75 75 125 100 100 150 100 100 Rice 30 20 20 40 20 20 50 25 25 Rice 30 20 20 40 20 20 60 30 30 Potato 100 75 75 125 100 100 150 100 100 Rice 30 20 20 30 20 20 30 20 20 Vegetables 100 50 50 120 60 60 150 80 80 Vegetables 100 50 50 120 60 60 150 80 80 B.Medium Land Rainfed Jute 30 20 30 40 20 40 50 25 50 Rice 30 20 20 40 20 20 60 30 30 Rice 30 20 20 40 20 20 60 30 30 Wheat 60 30 30 70 35 35 80 40 40 Jute 30 20 20 40 20 40 50 25 50 Wheat 60 30 30 70 35 35 80 40 40 Rice 30 20 20 40 20 20 50 25 25 Vegetables 80 40 40 100 50 50 120 60 60 Irrigated Jute 30 20 20 40 20 20 50 25 25 Rice 30 20 20 40 20 20 60 30 30 Potato 100 75 75 125 100 100 150 100 100 Jute 30 20 20 40 20 20 50 25 25 Rice 30 20 20 40 20 20 60 30 30 Vegetables 100 50 50 120 60 60 150 80 80 9-14 RECOMMENDATION TABLES etc.
  • 155. TERAI ZONE and GANGETIC ZONE HIGH MEDIUM LOW N P2O5 K2O N P2O5 K2O N P2O5 K2O Vegetables 100 50 50 120 60 60 150 80 80 Rice 30 20 20 40 20 20 50 25 25 Wheat 80 40 40 100 50 50 120 60 60 Jute 30 20 30 40 20 40 50 25 25 Rice 30 20 20 40 20 20 60 30 30 Tobacco 40 20 40 50 25 50 60 30 60 C.Low Land Rainfed Jute 30 20 30 40 20 40 50 25 50 Rice 30 20 20 40 20 20 60 30 30 Pulse 2% DAP 2% DAP 2% DAP Rice 30 20 20 40 20 20 60 30 30 Rice 30 20 20 40 20 20 60 30 30 Pulse 2% DAP 2% DAP 2% DAP Irrigated Jute 30 20 20 40 20 20 50 25 25 Rice 30 20 20 40 20 20 60 30 30 Vegetables 80 40 40 80 40 40 100 50 50 Rice 30 20 20 40 20 20 50 25 25 Rice 30 20 20 40 20 20 60 30 30 Vegetables 80 40 40 80 40 40 100 50 50 GM 0 25 0 0 25 0 0 25 0 Rice 30 0 20 40 0 20 60 0 30 Rice 80 40 40 100 50 50 120 60 60 III. Gangetic (New Alluvial Zone) A.Upland Rainfed Jute 30 20 30 40 20 30 50 25 40 Pulse(Kalai) 20 40 20 20 40 20 20 40 20 Jute 30 20 30 40 20 30 50 25 40 Mustard 30 20 20 40 20 30 50 30 30 Rice 30 20 20 40 20 20 50 25 25 Pulse(Kalai) 20 40 20 20 40 20 20 40 20 Rice 30 20 20 40 20 20 50 25 25 Mustard 30 20 20 40 20 30 50 30 30 RECOMMENDATION TABLES etc. 9-15
  • 156. GANGETIC ZONE HIGH MEDIUM LOW N P2O5 K2O N P2O5 K2O N P2O5 K2O Irrigated Jute 30 0 20 40 0 20 50 20 25 Rice 30 20 20 40 20 20 50 25 25 Potato 150 100 100 200 125 125 250 150 150 Jute 30 20 20 40 20 40 50 25 50 Rice 30 20 20 40 20 20 50 25 25 Wheat 80 40 40 100 50 50 120 60 60 Rice 30 20 20 40 20 20 50 25 25 Rice 30 20 20 40 20 20 60 30 30 Vegetables 100 50 50 120 60 60 150 80 80 Vegetables 80 40 40 100 50 50 120 60 60 Rice 30 0 20 40 0 20 50 20 25 Vegetables 100 50 50 120 60 60 150 80 80 Sesame Rice 30 20 20 40 20 20 50 25 25 Potato 150 100 100 200 125 125 250 150 150 Rice 30 20 20 40 20 20 50 25 25 Mustard 80 40 40 100 50 50 110 60 60 Vegetables 100 50 50 120 60 60 150 80 80 B.Medium Land Rainfed Jute 30 20 30 40 20 40 50 25 50 Rice 30 20 20 40 20 20 60 30 30 Rice 30 20 20 40 20 20 50 25 25 Rice 30 20 20 40 20 20 50 25 25 Jute 30 20 20 40 20 20 50 25 50 Rai,Mustard 30 20 20 40 20 20 50 30 30 Rice 30 20 20 40 20 20 50 25 25 Pulses 20 40 20 20 40 20 20 40 20 Irrigated Jute 30 20 30 40 20 40 50 25 50 Rice 30 20 20 40 20 20 60 30 30 Potato 150 100 100 200 125 125 250 150 150 Jute 30 20 30 40 20 40 50 25 50 Rice 30 20 20 40 20 20 60 30 30 Wheat 80 40 40 100 50 50 120 60 60 Sesame Rice 30 20 20 40 20 20 60 30 30 Potato 150 100 100 200 125 125 250 150 150 Rice 30 20 20 40 20 20 60 30 30 Rice 30 20 20 40 20 20 60 30 30 Vegetables 100 50 50 120 60 60 150 80 80 Rice 30 20 20 40 20 20 60 30 30 Mustard 60 30 30 80 40 40 100 50 50 Vegetables 100 50 50 120 60 60 150 80 80 9-16 RECOMMENDATION TABLES etc.
  • 157. GANGETIC and VINDHYA ALLUVIAL ZONE HIGH MEDIUM LOW N P2O5 K2O N P2O5 K2O N P2O5 K2O C.Low Land Rainfed Jute 30 20 30 40 20 40 50 25 50 Rice 30 20 20 40 20 20 60 30 30 Pulse 2% DAP 2% DAP 2% DAP (Poyra) G.M. 0 25 0 0 25 0 0 25 0 Rice 30 0 20 40 0 20 60 0 30 Pulse 2% DAP 2% DAP 2% DAP (Poyra) Jute 30 20 30 40 20 40 50 25 50 Rice 30 20 20 40 20 20 60 30 30 Oilseed 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 (Linseed Poyra) Irrigated G.M. 0 25 0 0 25 0 0 25 0 Rice 30 0 20 40 0 20 60 0 30 Rice 80 40 40 100 50 50 120 60 60 Sesame 50 25 25 50 25 25 50 25 25 Rice 30 20 20 40 20 20 60 30 30 IV. Old (Vindhya Alluvial Zone) A. Upland Rainfed Rice 30 20 20 40 20 20 50 25 25 Mustard, 30 20 20 40 20 20 50 30 30 Toria Jute 30 20 30 40 20 30 50 25 40 Mustard 30 20 20 40 20 20 50 30 30 Jute 30 20 30 40 20 30 50 25 40 Pulse 20 40 20 20 40 20 20 40 20 Rice 30 20 20 40 20 20 50 25 25 Pulse 20 40 20 20 40 20 20 40 20 (Kalai) Irrigated Jute 30 0 20 40 0 20 50 20 25 Rice 30 20 20 40 20 20 50 25 25 Potato 150 100 100 200 125 125 250 150 150 RECOMMENDATION TABLES etc. 9-17
  • 158. VINDHYA ALLUVIAL ZONE HIGH MEDIUM LOW N P2O5 K2O N P2O5 K2O N P2O5 K2O Jute 30 20 30 40 20 40 50 25 50 Rice 30 20 20 40 20 20 50 25 25 Wheat 80 40 40 100 50 50 120 60 60 Jute 30 20 20 40 20 20 50 25 25 Rice 30 20 20 40 20 20 50 25 25 Vegetables 100 50 50 120 60 60 150 80 80 Jute 30 0 20 40 0 20 50 20 25 Vegetables 80 40 40 100 50 50 120 60 60 Vegetables 100 50 50 120 60 60 150 80 80 Rice 30 20 20 40 20 20 50 25 25 Rice 30 0 20 40 20 20 50 20 20 Potato 150 100 100 200 125 125 250 150 150 Sesame Rice 30 20 20 40 20 20 50 25 25 Potato 150 100 100 200 125 125 250 150 150 B.Medium Land Rainfed Jute 30 20 30 40 20 40 50 25 50 Rice 30 20 20 40 20 20 60 30 30 Rice 30 20 20 40 20 20 60 30 30 Pulses 20 40 20 20 40 20 20 40 20 Irrigated Jute 30 0 20 40 0 20 50 20 25 Rice 30 20 20 40 20 20 60 30 30 Potato 150 100 100 200 125 125 250 150 150 Jute 30 20 30 40 20 40 50 25 50 Rice 30 20 20 40 20 20 60 30 30 Wheat 80 40 40 100 50 50 120 60 60 Rice 30 20 20 40 20 20 50 25 25 Rice 30 0 20 40 0 20 60 20 20 Potato 150 100 100 200 125 125 250 150 150 Rice 30 20 20 40 20 20 60 30 30 Rice 30 20 20 40 20 20 60 30 30 Vegetables 100 50 50 120 60 60 150 80 80 Sesame Rice 30 20 20 40 20 20 60 30 30 Potato 150 100 100 200 125 125 250 150 150 Vegetables 80 40 40 100 50 50 120 60 60 Rice 30 0 20 40 0 20 50 20 25 Vegetables 100 50 50 120 60 60 150 80 80 9-18 RECOMMENDATION TABLES etc.
  • 159. VINDHYA ALLUVIAL and RED-LATERITE ZONE HIGH MEDIUM LOW N P2O5 K2O N P2O5 K2O N P2O5 K2O C. Lowland Rainfed Jute 30 20 30 40 20 40 50 25 50 Rice 30 20 20 40 20 20 60 30 30 Pulse/ 2% DAP 2% DAP 2% DAP Oilseeds Poyra Khesari Linseed Mung 20 40 20 20 40 20 20 40 20 Rice 30 20 20 40 20 20 60 30 30 Irrigated G.M. 0 25 0 0 25 0 0 25 0 Rice 30 0 20 40 0 20 60 0 30 Rice 80 40 40 100 50 50 120 60 60 Sesame 50 25 25 50 25 25 50 25 25 Rice 30 20 20 40 20 20 60 30 30 V.Red & Laterite Zone A.Upland Rainfed G.Nut 20 30 45 20 30 45 20 30 45 Kulthi 20 40 0 20 40 0 20 40 0 Soyabean 20 30 20 30 40 30 40 30 30 Niger 30 20 20 40 20 20 50 30 30 Rice 30 20 20 40 20 20 60 30 30 Kulthi 20 40 0 20 40 0 20 40 0 Maize 40 20 20 60 30 30 80 40 40 Oilseed 30 20 20 40 20 20 50 30 30 (Toria/ Niger/ Safflower Millet 30 20 20 40 20 20 40 20 20 (Jowar/ Ragi) Kulthi 20 40 0 20 40 0 20 40 0 Arhar 20 50 20 20 50 20 20 50 20 Fallow RECOMMENDATION TABLES etc. 9-19
  • 160. RED-LATERITE ZONE HIGH MEDIUM LOW N P2O 5 K2O N P2O 5 K2O N P2O 5 K2O Irrigated Vegetables 80 40 40 100 50 50 120 60 60 Rice 30 0 20 40 0 20 50 20 20 Potato 150 100 100 200 125 125 250 150 150 Vegetables 80 40 40 100 50 50 120 60 60 Rice 30 20 20 40 20 20 50 25 25 Vegetables 100 50 50 120 60 60 150 80 80 Vegetables 80 40 40 100 50 50 120 60 60 Vegetables 80 20 40 100 25 50 120 30 60 Vegetables 100 50 50 120 60 60 150 80 80 Maize 40 20 20 60 30 30 80 40 40 Rice 30 20 20 40 20 20 60 30 30 Potato 150 100 100 200 125 125 250 150 150 B.Medium Land Rainfed Rice 30 20 20 40 20 20 60 30 30 Sesame 20 20 20 30 20 20 40 20 20 Rice 30 20 20 40 20 20 60 30 30 Pulse 20 40 20 20 40 20 20 40 20 Rice 30 20 20 40 20 20 60 30 30 Mustard 30 20 20 40 20 20 50 30 30 Irrigated Rice 30 20 20 40 20 20 50 25 25 Rice 30 0 20 40 0 20 50 20 20 Potato 150 100 100 200 125 125 250 150 150 Vegetables 80 40 40 100 50 50 120 60 60 Rice 30 0 20 40 0 20 50 20 20 Wheat 80 40 40 100 50 50 120 60 60 Sesame Rice 30 20 20 40 20 20 60 30 30 Potato 150 100 100 200 125 125 250 150 150 Maize 40 20 20 60 30 30 80 40 40 Rice 30 20 20 40 20 20 60 30 30 Mustard 80 40 40 100 50 50 120 60 60 Vegetables 80 40 40 100 50 50 120 60 60 Rice 30 0 20 40 0 20 50 20 20 Potato 150 100 100 200 125 125 250 150 150 9-20 RECOMMENDATION TABLES etc.
  • 161. RED-LATERITE ZONE and COASTAL ZONE HIGH MEDIUM LOW N P2O5 K2O N P2O5 K2O N P2O5 K2O C. Low Land Rainfed G.M. 0 25 0 0 25 0 0 25 0 Rice 30 0 20 40 0 20 60 0 30 Pulse 2% DAP 2% DAP 2% DAP (Poyra) Irrigated G.M. 0 25 0 0 25 0 0 25 0 Rice 30 0 20 40 0 20 60 0 30 Rice 80 40 40 100 50 50 120 60 60 Rice 50 25 25 50 25 25 50 25 25 Sesame 30 20 20 40 20 20 60 30 30 VI.Coastal Zone Saline A. Upland Rainfed Fallow Vegetables 80 40 40 100 50 50 120 60 60 Chilli 40 20 20 50 25 25 60 30 30 Rice 30 20 20 40 20 20 60 30 30 Fallow Irrigated Fallow Rice 30 20 20 40 20 20 60 30 30 Vegetables 100 50 50 120 60 60 150 80 80 Vegetables 80 40 40 100 50 50 120 60 60 Rice 30 20 20 40 20 20 60 30 30 Watermelon 80 40 40 100 50 50 120 60 60 Vegetables 80 40 40 100 50 50 120 60 60 Vegetables 50 25 25 60 30 30 100 50 50 Vegetables 100 50 50 120 60 60 150 80 80 RECOMMENDATION TABLES etc. 9-21
  • 162. COASTAL ZONE - SALINE HIGH MEDIUM LOW N P2O5 K2O N P2O5 K2O N P2O5 K2O B. Medium Land Rainfed Fallow Rice 30 20 20 40 20 20 60 30 30 Pulse/ 2% DAP 2% DAP 2% DAP (Poyra Khesari) Irrigated Vegetables 80 40 40 100 50 50 120 60 60 Rice 30 0 0 40 0 0 50 20 20 Chilli 80 50 60 80 50 60 100 60 80 Fallow Rice 30 20 20 40 20 20 60 30 30 Watermelon 80 40 40 100 50 50 120 60 60 Vegetables 80 40 40 100 60 60 150 80 80 Rice 30 0 0 40 0 0 50 20 20 Vegetables 100 50 50 120 60 60 150 80 80 Fallow Rice 30 20 20 40 20 20 60 30 30 Cotton 40 20 20 40 20 20 40 20 20 C.Low Land Rainfed Fallow Rice 30 20 20 40 20 20 40 20 20 Pulse/ 2% DAP 2% DAP 2% DAP (Khesari Poyra) Irrigated G.M. 0 25 0 0 25 0 0 25 0 Rice 30 0 20 40 0 20 60 0 30 Sunflower 30 30 30 40 40 40 60 40 40 G.M. 0 25 0 0 25 0 0 25 0 Rice 30 0 20 40 0 20 60 0 30 Chilli 40 20 20 60 30 30 80 40 40 Fallow Rice 30 20 20 40 20 20 60 30 30 Cotton 40 20 20 40 20 20 40 20 20 9-22 RECOMMENDATION TABLES etc.
  • 163. COASTAL ZONE - LESS SALINE HIGH MEDIUM LOW N P2O5 K2O N P2O5 K2O N P2O5 K2O Less Saline A. Upland Rainfed Fallow Vegetables 80 40 40 100 50 50 120 60 60 Toria 30 20 20 40 20 20 50 30 30 Fallow Rice 30 20 20 40 20 20 60 30 30 Kalai 20 40 20 20 40 20 20 40 20 Khesari 2% DAP 2% DAP 2% DAP Irrigated Vegetables 80 40 40 100 50 50 120 60 60 Rice 30 0 20 40 0 20 50 20 20 Wheat 80 40 40 100 50 50 120 60 60 G.Nut 20 30 45 20 30 45 20 30 45 Rice 30 20 20 40 20 20 60 30 30 Vegetables 100 50 50 120 60 60 150 80 80 Vegetables 80 40 40 100 50 50 120 60 60 Vegetables 50 25 25 60 30 30 100 50 50 Vegetables 100 50 50 120 60 60 150 80 80 Vegetables 80 40 40 100 50 50 120 60 60 Rice 30 20 20 40 20 20 50 25 25 Mustard 60 30 30 80 40 40 100 50 50 Vegetables 80 40 40 100 50 50 120 60 60 Rice 0 20 20 40 20 20 60 30 30 Chilli 40 20 20 60 30 30 80 40 40 B.Medium Land Rainfed Fallow Rice 30 20 20 40 20 20 60 30 30 Fallow Rice 30 20 20 40 20 20 60 30 30 Barley 20 20 20 30 25 25 40 30 30 Fallow Rice 30 20 20 40 20 20 60 30 30 Sunflower/ 20 20 20 20 20 20 30 30 30 Safflower RECOMMENDATION TABLES etc. 9-23
  • 164. COASTAL ZONE - LESS SALINE HIGH MEDIUM LOW N P2O5 K2O N P2O5 K2O N P2O5 K2O Irrigated Vegetables 80 40 40 100 50 50 120 60 60 Rice 30 0 0 40 0 0 50 20 20 Wheat 80 40 40 100 50 50 120 60 60 Rice 30 20 20 40 20 20 60 30 30 Chilli 40 20 20 60 30 30 80 40 40 G.Nut 20 30 45 20 30 45 20 30 45 Rice 30 20 20 40 20 20 60 30 30 Vegetables 100 50 50 120 60 60 150 80 80 C.Low Land Rainfed Fallow Rice 30 20 20 40 20 20 60 30 30 Cotton 40 20 20 40 20 20 40 20 20 Fallow Rice 30 20 20 40 20 20 60 30 30 Sunflower 20 20 20 20 20 20 30 30 30 Rice 30 0 20 40 0 20 60 20 30 Pulses 2% DAP (Poyra) Irrigated Vegetables 80 40 40 100 50 50 120 60 60 Rice 30 0 20 40 0 20 50 20 20 Sugarbeet 80 40 40 100 50 50 120 60 60 G.M. 0 25 0 0 25 0 0 25 0 Rice 30 0 20 40 0 20 60 0 30 Rice 80 40 40 100 50 50 120 60 60 Mung 20 40 20 20 40 20 20 40 20 Rice 30 20 20 40 20 20 50 25 25 Rice 80 40 40 100 50 50 120 60 60 9-24 RECOMMENDATION TABLES etc.
  • 165. Late monsoon Pre-monsoon Post-monsoon Fruit FYM N P2O5 K2O FYM N P2O5 K2O FYM N P2O5 K2O kg g g g kg g g g kg g g g Mango 50 1 kg 50 750 750 Litchi 40 250 375 375 40 250 375 375 Jackfruit 40 250 375 375 40 250 375 375 Sapota 40 250 375 375 40 250 375 375 Cashewnut 15 1 kg 1 kg 330 RECOMMENDATION TABLES etc. Custard Apple 20 125 150 150 20 125 150 150 Pomegranate 20 125 125 125 20 125 125 125 Coconut 40 250 125 500 40 250 125 500 Guava 25 200 200 150 25 200 150 150 Pineapple 0.5 5 2.5 5 5 2.5 5 Citrus 20 130 130 130 20 130 130 130 20 130 130 130 Papaya 3 months 3 months 3 months 5 50 50 50 5 50 50 50 5 50 50 50 Banana 1st 30 day period 2nd 45 day period 3rd 45 day period 10 25 10 20 - 25 10 20 10 25 10 20 4th 45 day period 5th 45 day period 6th 45 day period - 25 10 20 - 25 10 20 - 25 10 20 7th 45 day period 8th 45 day period - 25 10 20 - 25 10 20 All figures are per plant per year 9-25 NPK requirement of FRUIT CROPS
  • 166. RHIZOBIUM NODULATION - MOST PROBABLE NUMBERS n=4 n=2 s=10 40 20 >7 x 108 39 38 19 6.9 x 108 37 3.4 x 108 36 18 1.8 x 108 35 1.0 x 108 34 17 5.9 x 107 s=8 33 3.1 x 107 32 16 1.7 x 107 >7 x 106 31 1.0 x 107 30 15 5.8 x 106 6.9 29 3.1 x 106 3.4 28 14 1.7 x 106 1.8 27 1.0 x 106 1.0 26 13 5.8 x 105 5.8 x 105 s=6 25 3.1 x 105 3.1 24 12 1.7 x 105 1.7 >7 x 104 23 1.0 x 105 1.0 22 11 5.8 x 104 5.8 x 104 6.9 21 3.1 x 104 3.1 3.4 20 10 1.7 x 104 1.7 1.8 19 1.0 x 104 1.0 1.0 18 9 5.8 x 103 5.8 x 103 5.8 x 103 17 3.1 x 103 3.1 3.1 16 8 1.7 x 103 1.7 1.7 15 1.0 x 103 1.0 1.0 14 7 5.8 x 102 5.8 x 102 5.8 x 102 13 3.1 x 102 3.1 3.1 12 6 1.7 x 102 1.7 1.7 11 1.0 x 102 1.0 1.0 10 5 5.8 x 101 5.8 x 101 5.8 x 101 9 3.1 x 101 3.1 3.1 8 4 1.7 x 101 1.7 1.7 7 1.0 x 101 1.0 1.0 6 3 5.8 x 1 5.8 x 1 5.8 x 1 5 3.1 x 1 3.1 3.1 4 2 1.7 x 1 1.7 1.7 3 1.0 x 1 1.0 1.0 2 1 0.6 x 1 0.6 0.6 1 <0.6 <0.6 <0.6 0 0 Approx range 109 107 105 9-26 RECOMMENDATION TABLES etc.
  • 167. RHIZOBIUM NODULATION - MOST PROBABLE NUMBERS Using the table This table is used to find the number of 'active' rhizobia in your culture or carrier bags. 'Active' rhizobia refers to the Rhizobia capable of forming nodules. This number can be calculated by comparing your test results with results obtained in tests with large numbers of replicates. The large number gives statistically accurate results. Comparing the results allows you to deduce the most probable number of active rhizobia in your carrier. After performing a nodulation efficiency test with dlutions of your carrier, you would end up with a table that looks like the one on page 2-82. On the table on the opposite page, n is the number of replicates - the number of tubes of each dilution - in the set. s is the number of dilutions. To find the most probable number of nodulating rhizobia, look for the number of nodulated units you found under the cooresponding replicates column. The cooresponding entry in the appropriate dilutions column (labelled s=10 etc.). For example, in the sample table on page 2-82, a total of 21 nodules were formed with 4 replicates. Thus, we look for the number ‘21’ under the ‘n=4’ column. Then, we move along the row to the corresponding entry under the ‘s=10’ column since we tested with 10 dilutions. The most probable number of rhizobium nodulating units is 3.1x104 RECOMMENDATION TABLES etc. 9-27
  • 168. LIME RECOMMENDATION USING SMP TEST VALUES Target pH Using the table Sample pH 6.4 6.8 This table is used to determine the amount of pure CaCO3 required to increase the pH of one acre of 4.8 10.6 12.4 land. 4.9 10.1 11.8 Pure CaCO3 required, in tons per acre The ‘Sample pH’ column lists pH values obtained from a pH test 5.0 9.6 11.2 using the SMP buffer solution. 5.1 9.1 10.6 The ‘Target pH’ columns list the amount of pure CaCO3 required 5.2 8.6 10.0 to raise the pH of one acre of land to 6.4 and 6.8. 5.3 8.2 9.4 This table lists values for pure 5.4 7.7 8.9 CaCO3 and not commercial lime. 5.5 7.2 8.3 For conversion, use the following values — 5.6 6.7 7.1 100kg pure CaCO3 5.7 6.2 7.1 = 56kg pure CaO 5.8 5.7 6.5 = 74kg pure Ca(OH)2 = 84kg pure MgCO3 5.9 5.2 6.0 = 92kg pure CaCO3.MgCO3 = 116kg pure CaSiO3 6.0 4.7 5.4 1 bigha = 0.33 acre = 0.13 hectare 6.1 4.2 4.8 6.2 3.7 4.2 6.3 3.2 3.7 6.4 2.7 3.1 6.5 2.2 2.5 6.6 1.7 1.9 6.7 1.2 1.4 9-28 RECOMMENDATION TABLES etc.
  • 169. A few tips on Lime recommendation — 1) Fine textured acidic soils with high organic carbon content require more lime than coarse soils that are low in organic carbon. Liming coarse textured soil is best done in split doses as overliming is a risk in these soils. 2) Lime is corrosive and is hazardous to seedlings. Liming should be done atleast a couple of weeks before transplanting the crop. Also, advise the farmer to wear gloves and a mask while liming his or her field. 3) Root penetration of most crops is 6 inches (15cm). The recommendation tables assume this to be the case. Some crops have roots that penetrate 9 inches (23 cm) into the soil. If the farmer intends to grow such a crop, increase the recommendation by 50%. 4) Fine liming materials such as quicklime (CaO) react with soil much faster than coarse liming materials. Therefore, fine liming materials are to be applied more frequently and in less quantities than coarse materials. 5) Liming a neutral or alkaline soil is a waste of time and money. 6) If, for whatever reason, liming materials are unavailable, recommend a minimum dose of 300-500kg per hectare. This will not significantly neutralise the soil in the plot but will act as a Ca fertilizer because acidic soils are often deficient in Calcium. 7) Prolonged use of calcitic limestone causes deficiency of magnesium in the field. To offset this, recommend application of a magnesium supplying mineral. A few such minerals are — MgSO4 (Epsom salts) MgO (Magnesia) and Mg(NO3)2. Dolomitic limestone (CaCO3.MgCO3) may also be recommended. 8) The final acidity of the soil is critical for a good yield. Crops that require a high dosage of lime amendment — crops that require a neutral or nearly neutral soil — are: wheat, tobacco and sweet potatoes. Crops that require less lime are: potatoes, rice, rye and watermelon. Crop such as tea, coffee (arabica) and pineapples can survive in relatively acidic soils and require very little lime amendment. These estimates, again, depend on a whole lot of other factors such as terrain, soil texture and irrigation types. 9) Talk to the farmer! Recommendation of soil amendments (fertilizer included) is not really an exact science. Socio-economic factors play an important role in the farmer-field-crop relationship. For instance, a farmer may not have funds to comply with an optimal recommendation. In such cases, the ‘optimal’ recommendation must take into account his available funds... 9-29
  • 170. LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS Most abbreviations are expanded in the main body of the manual or in the Glossary. ARA - Acetylene Reduction Assay CFU - Colony forming unit EBT (indicator) - Erichrome Black T EDTA - Ethylene Diamine Tetraacetic Acid FYM - Farm yard manure SMP (extractant buffer) - Shoemaker, MacLean and Pratt (the scientists who devised the pH determination test using this chemical. 9-30
  • 171. INFORMATION SHEET Sample No. X-base ID Date of Collection Farmer’s name Address G.P Block Mouza No. Plot No. Land area. Land type : Upland - medium land - low land Soil texture : Sandy - Loam - Clay Irrigation facility : Irrigated area - Non-irrigated area. Source of water : River - Pond - Canal - Tube well - Well Drainage condition : Good - Medium - Bad. Slope of the land : No slope - slight slope - middle slope - steep slope. Height of water level in chary rice : Information on previous crop : Name and variety of the crop : Dose of organic manure, if applied : Dose of fertilizer, if applied : Yield : Information of the crop that will be grown: Name and variety of the crop : Season (Pre kharif / kharif / rabi ) : SIGNATURE 9-31